Home

1 - D3E Electronique

1. Unit mm 195 85 185 j 110 100 90 aN V gt g 3 i z A 1 2 Option Boards a a CP1W CIF01 RS 232C Option Board Unit mm 0 15 D O 16 5 2 o 18 5 A m o D ra Q o i H mg Ci 16 5 19 7 il D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 3 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices CP1W CIF11 RS 422A 485 Option Board Unit mm ah 1 0 15 16 5 jf 35 9 113 5 P TN a EB BN 15 7 16 5 CP1W CIF12 RS 422A 485 Option Board Unit mm iy Te es T 36 4 0 co iE Unit mm 7 DU 37 8 36 4 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 4 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices A 1 3 Expansion I
2. Connection cables for the Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units are used to connect the Units The length can be extended by using a CP1W CN811 I O Connecting Cable length 800 mm Leave approximately 10mm of space between the CPU Unit and the Exapansion I O Units or Expan sion Units 2 3 3 Maximum Number of I O Points for an Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit Total number Number of inputs 24 Number of outputs 16 Built in I O on CPU Unit pni Mr Total number of I O points when CPU Unit d three CP1W 40EDO Expansion Expansion VO Units are connected Number Number MIS gl Number Number Total AD DA beconnected Total of inputs of outputs of inputs of outputs CP1E O20D0 0 20 12 8 None None Not possible 20 12 8 CP1E O30D0 O0 30 18 12 3 Units maxi 150 90 60 CP1E LIA0DLI L 40 24 16 mum 160 96 64 CP1E O60DD 0 60 36 24 180 108 72 CP1E NA20DLHL 20 12 8 2 1 140 84 56 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 3 4 Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units
3. j Peripheral USB port E ri LES Analog adjuster o RT Wm Built in RS 232C port One slot for an Option Board Option Board NN CN Doom k One RS 232C port One RS 422A 485 port One Ethernet port RS 232C Option RS 422A 485 Option Ethernet Option Board Board CP1W CIFO1 Board CP1W CIF11 12 CP1W CIF41 version 2 0 Note The following Option Boards cannot be used CP1W DAMO 1 LCD Option Board CP1W CIF41 Ethernet Option Board version 1 0 Programming Setting and Monitoring with the CX Programmer The CX Programmer is used as the Programming Device for the CP1E Easy Connection wit
4. CPU Unit IBM PC AT or compatible Signal Pin Pin Signal FG 1 1 CD SG signal wires SD 2 2 RD RS 232C RD 3 3 SD RS 232C e interface RS 4 4 ER interface Bundle the SG wires Es CS 5 5 SG E 5V 6 6 DR Aluminum foil e DR 7 7 RS 3 ER 8 8 CS 9 SG 9 9 CI 2 D sub 9 pin connector male D sub 9 pin connector female XM2S 0911 E Qo N C N O z Q D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 35 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices Note The hood FG is internally connected to the ground terminal GR on the CPU Unit Therefore the FG is grounded by grounding the power supply ground terminal GR Although there is con ductivity between the hood FG and pin 1 FG connect the shield to both the hood and pin 1 to reduce the contact resistance between the shield and FG and thus provide better noise resistance Power supply ground terminal RS 232C Option Board Ground to O G 1002 or less p ES pe omnon CPIE S q AC100 240V cH BATTERY x ss Loe oe oe oe TO op oz osos 28 19 pier EXP PERIPHERAL ci
5. Drives Basic Models CP1E Application ee E type CPU Units N type CPU Units pikes CPU Unit with Te CPU Unit with CPU Unit with ES doria or 2owo eL d OR ZOUON MO CHU eae are te Points Points I O Points Appearance a m m AB 15 P Bess H Program capacity 2K steps 8K steps DM Area capacity 2K words 8K words Of these 1 500 words can be written to the built in EEPROM Of these 7 000 words can be written to the built in EEPROM Mounting Expan sion I O Units and Expansion Units Not possible 3 Units maximum Not possible 3 Units maximum Model with transis tor outputs Available CPU Unit with 10 I O points only Available Pulse outputs Not supported Supported Model with transistor outputs only Built in serial com munications port Not provided RS 232C port provided Built in Analog Not available Not available Available Option Board Not supported Not supported Supported for one port Connection port USB port USB port for Programming Device Clock Not provided Provided Using a Battery Cannot be used Can be used sold separately Backup time of built in capacitor 50 hours at 25 C 40 hours at 25 C Battery free opera tion Always battery free operation Only data in the built in EEPROM will be retained if power is interrupt
6. H Precautions for Correct Use For CP1E CPU Units the following I O memory area will be unstable after a power interruption DM Area D excluding words backed up to the EEPROM using the DM function Holding Area H Counter Present Values and Completion Flags C Auxiliary Area related to clock functions A Mount the CP1W BATO1 Battery sold separately to an N NA type CPU Unit if data in the above areas need to be retained after a power interruption A Battery cannot be mounted to an E type CPU Unit D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 2 3 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 2 CPU Units This section describes the models of CP1E CPU Units 2 2 1 CPU Unit Models The CP1E CPU Unit model numbers are configured as shown below Power supply A AC power supply D DC power supply CP1E OOODO O Output type R Relays outputs T Transistor outputs sinking T1 Transistor outputs sourcing Input type I O capacity 10 10 I O points 6 inputs 4 outputs 14 14 I O points 8 inputs 6 outputs 20 20 I O points 12 inputs 8 outputs 30 30 I O points 18 inputs 12 outputs 40 40 I O points 24 inputs 16 outputs 60 60 I O points 36 inputs 24 outputs Unit type E Basic
7. Unit Upper Terminal Block Unit Lower Terminal Block NC COM COM COM 04 06 COM NC 00 02 04 05 07 NC NC 00 01 02 03 05 07 NC cov 01 03 COM 06 NC CIOn CIO n 1 COM Common terminal 00 to07 Output terminal NC No connection Units with 32 Output Points CP1W 32ED Unit Upper Terminal Block clon CIO n 1 f awd N NC COM COM COM COM 05 07 COM 02 COM 05 07 NC NC NC 00 01 02 03 04 06 00 01 03 04 06 NC NC NC V CIO n CIO n 1 Unit Lower Terminal Block CIO n 2 CIO n 3 CIO n 2 CIO n 3 COM Common terminal 00to07 Output terminal NC No connection 3 22 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions 3 2 3 Expansion I O Units Part Names and Functions Units with 20 I O Points Units with 40 I O Points e CP1W 20EDR1 EDT EDT1 CP1W 40 EDR EDT EDT1 N 5 input indicators 5 Q o input terminals e input indicators 3 Expansion 1 0 2 ro connecting cable 2 a ata qum E G Expansio
8. Surface Installation A CP1E CPU Unit and CP series Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units can be mounted using M4 screws For restrictions on the number of Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units that can be connected refer to 2 3 Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit DIN Track Installation 1 Use a screwdriver to pull down the DIN Track mounting pins from the back of the Units to release them and mount the Units to the DIN Track S DIN Track mounting pins i i 4 4 Release 2 Fit the back of the Units onto the DIN Track by catching 1 the top of the Units on the Track and then pressing 2 in at the bottom of the Units as shown below DIN Track 5 8 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring 3 Press in all of the DIN Track mounting pins to securely lock the Units in place DIN Track mounting pins oa N Mounting Brackets a 0 DIN Track 9 Secure the DIN Track to the control panel using M4 screws at interval of 210 mm or less 6 holes or fewer The tightening torque is 1 2 N m PFP 100N2 28 25 x 4 5 long holes a D 3040 3 27 oo 5 2 8 7 340 15 3540 3 2740 15 15 5
9. D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 9m SYSMAC D c RE UI ee ec CEEPEL ESSE INTEL Mm Fa a fh 000000 000000 CPIW DA041 Ful 000000 000000 000000 000000 ED T T Le e 5 Analog input devices Adjustment equipment Servo Controller Variable speed device Recorder Other T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 17 sun 1ndino Bojeuy z 8 uonejedo 10 MO 4 c 8 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units 2 Wire to analog input devices 1 Wiring internal circuits of the CPU Unit The following diagram shows the internal circuit using CP1W DA041 as an example which wires analog outputs 1 to 4 In the case of CP1W DAO21 analog outputs 1 to 2 can be used 7 f V OUT1 Analog output 1 UU ouTi Internal circuits 0uT4 Analog output 4 2 Wiring analog input devices to the Analog Output Unit 2 core shielded 2 core shielded twisted pair cable twisted pair cable P RR VOUT p Bt Analog device with voltage Analog device output with unit i current input input H Precautions for Correct Use e Connect the shield to the FG terminal to prevent noise e Separate wiring from power lines AC power supply lines high voltage lines etc
10. w tj i E CP1E N30D0 O0 Support Software I 20 or 40 I O Points Analog I O CX Programmer Personal computer CP1E NAODE H I CP1E N60D0 0 z n IBM PC AT or equivalent i CP1E NA20D0 0 8 inputs Analog inputs I 8 outputs Analog outputs 16 outputs Temperature sensors Programmable I Terminal PT I 32 outputs CompoBus S 1 0 Link Unit I Le NT Link Host Link l Up to 3 Units can be connected General component Inverter Neither the CP1W DAMO1 LCD Option Board nor the CP1W CIF41 ER m Ethernet Option Board version 1 0 can be used Lig j A m CP1E N14D0 0 YN CP1E N20D0 0 AQ RS 232C Option Board RS 422A 485 Option Board Ethernet Option Board Ss No protocol mode Modbus RTU CP1W CIFO1 Or CP1W CIF11 Or CP1W CIF41 CP1W CIF12 version 2 0 or higher non CP series PLC or CJ1M PLC Host computer When a two level layout is created by expansion and distance is required Expansion Units and Host Link CP1E CPU Unit Expansion I O Units Serial PLC Link HUN ndo edA vN N ue Burst uogeanBijuo ueijs S seg Z L Z CP1W CN811
11. Signal Pin Re MM Signal u i RS 422A 485 SDA 3 RDA RS 422A 485 Option Board SDB 4 t i RDB interface 1 2 gt lt X X bom Es NEGET ND SDB 4 wire Terminal Terminating resistance Device supporting RS 422A 485 communications NT ALOO1 2 Pin Signal Signal Pin a RS 232C 1 GRD NC 1 2 sa SD 2 3 SDB RD 3 RS 232C 4 SDA RS 4 interface 5 RDB CS 5 6 RDA 5V 6 HQ z CSB DR 7 DR Shield g csa ER 8 ER SG 9 sa RS 422 RS 232 Terminal block D sub 9 pin 5V connector male Power DIP SW SW1 1 ON SW1 2 ON Terminating resistance SW1 3 OFF SW1 4 OFF SW1 5 OFF SW1 6 ON Modbus RTU Easy Master Function Communications mode Modbus RTU Easy Master CP1E N NA type CPU Unit CP1W CIF11 12 Signal PE i 1 RDA Hea EH control circuit EE P 2 RDB S terminal block ications m 3 SDA R communica z 50m max t zm Ei 4 SDB Re terminals 5 FG gw T 2 wire CP1W CIF11 12 RS 422A 485 Option Board D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 32 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices Serial PLC Links e Communications mode Ser
12. A 6 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices A 1 4 Expansion Units CP1W MAD11 Analog I O Units d Unit mm 5 i MAD11 90 100 0 2 C9 p 7630 2 5 86 N2 4 5 CP1W AD041 Analog Input Unit Unit mm CP1W AD041 suoisuauilg L V CP1W DA021 Analog Output Unit Unit mm T S 7 m X TD ge 2 9 o 2 c 2 CP1W DA021 a D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 7 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices CP1W DA041 Analog Output Unit Unit mm o CPAW DAO41 90 100 0 2 M Cw 7640 2 9 Na 5 86 N2 64 5 iuda CP1W TSLILIL Temperature Sensor Units Unit mm 5 E 1 E Ts002 90 100 0 2 GI E BIER 14 Unit mm BDH NC BS4 BDL Nc gS3 NC A 8 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES
13. c Temperature input 1 Temperature input Cold junction Temperature input 2 compensator Temperature input 3 H Precautions for Correct Use When using a Temperature Sensor Unit with a thermocouple input observe the following precau tions Do not remove the cold junction compensator attached at the time of delivery If the cold junc tion compensator is removed the Unit will not be able to measure temperatures correctly Each of the input circuits is calibrated with the cold junction compensator attached to the Unit If the Unit is used with the cold junction compensator from other Units the Unit will not be able to measure temperatures correctly Do not touch the cold junction compensator Doing so may result in incorrect temperature measurement 2 Platinum Resistance Thermometers a CP1W TS101 One or two Pt or JPt platinum resistance thermometers can be connected to the CP1W TS101 but both of the thermometers must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for each Input O Input 1 Input 1 NC NC NC NC A A B Input O Input O Input 1 NC NC NC NC B B z s Temperature input O Temperature input 1 8 40 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email ele
14. Analog Inputs Analog Outputs Input O Output 510 kQ V INO TIN V OUT INO 250 Q g ae COMO g UN COM 2 ANN Input 1 2 i V IN1 E g 510 kQ S co O OUT 5 M 9 IN1 5 t 250 Q i 5 COM1 510 kQ 9 NC Wy AG NC y Y Analog ground Analog ground 2 Wiring analog output devices to the Analog I O Unit 2 core shielded 2 core shielded twisted pair cable twisted pair cable Analog 7777777 AVN D Analog Sa VIN device tjm Analog device i ij Analog with i i O Unit with bag a 1 O Unit e voltage COM current J COM o output Nana X output Minas x z g FG FG a m o 3 Wiring analog input devices to the Analog I O Unit s 2 core shielded 2 core shielded twisted pair cable twisted pair cable VOUT rss Analog VOUT pyran j Analog Analog i 11 device Analog iout 1 device VO Unit OUT it with VO Unit i with COM E voltage COM 1 7 current Mises MN input Misc see Mw input FG 5e H Precautions for Correct Use uonejedo 10 MOlH 8 Do not connect the shield when using shielded twisted pair cables When an input is not being used short the and terminals Separate wiring from power lines AC power supply lines high voltage lines etc When there is noise in the power supply line install a noise filter on the input section and the power
15. Connection to input 1 for voltage input Connection to input 2 for current input Current output A 24 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices CP1W DA021 Analog Output Unit Terminal Block is not removable Wiring Diagrams Output Terminal Arrangement V OUT1 Voltage output 1 Our cH OUT1 Current output 1 Sour een ne in Me in NC nc E COM 1 Output common 1 G9 G9 G9 G9 G9 G9 V OUT2 Voltage output 2 OUT2 Current output 2 Seo QUO QUOS COM2 Output common 2 e Wiring Methods 2 core shielded 2 core shielded twisted pair cable twisted pair cable VOUT 2 VOUT js eem nne JAnalog biour LOUT T CoM um COM ya FG FG Example IOUT1 VOUT2 COM2 NC NC NC NC ololo ololo o d z O O O O O O O a Connection to 2 output 1 for e voltage output 5 o 4 Voltage Input Connection to gt output 2 for m current output o m X TD D Current T Input o 2 2 a D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 25 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 0
16. Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units N Current consumption hi Unit name Model number 5 VDC 24 VDC 2 Expansion I O Units 8 inputs CP1W 8ED 0 018A 3 8 outputs CP1W 8ER 0 026A 0 044A g CP1W 8ET 0 075A S CP1W 8ET1 8 16 outputs CP1W 16ER 0 042A 0 090A S CP1W 16ET 0 076A CP1W 16ET1 20 I O points CP1W 20EDR1 0 103A 0 044A 12 inputs CP1W 20EDT 0 130A 8 outputs CP1W 20EDT1 32 outputs CP1W 32ER 0 049A 0 131A CP1W 32ET 0 113A CP1W 32ET1 40 I O points CP1W 40EDR 0 080A 0 090A 24 inputs CP1W 40EDT 0 160A 16 outputs CP1W 40EDT1 Expa Analog Input 4 inputs CP1W AD041 0 100A 0 090A nsion Unit Units Analog Output 2 outputs CP1W DA021 0 040A 0 095A Unit 4 outputs CP1W DA041 0 080A 0 124A Analog I O Unit Analog inputs 2 CP1W MAD11 0 083A 0 110A Analog outputs 1 Temperature K or J thermocou CP1W TS001 0 040A 0 059A Sensor Units ples CP1W TS002 Pt or JPt platinum CP1W TS101 0 054A 0 073A resistance ther CP1W TS102 mometers CompoBus S 8 inputs CP1W SRT21 0 029A 1 0 Link Unit 8outputs D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 2 17 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices Other Devices Using PLC Internal Power Supply Current consumption Unit name Model number 5 VDC 24 VDC Conversion Adapter CJ1W CIF11 0 04A NT ALOO1 0 15A Progr
17. EF CJ 1 analog output 2 analog inputs syun o I Bojeuy 8 suoneoyioads c e g D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 23 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units Model CP1W MAD11 Item Voltage I O Current I O Analog Number of analog inputs 2 inputs 2 words allocated UM Input signal range 0t05V 1to 5 V 0 to 10V or 10to 10V Oto 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA Max rated input 15 V 30 mA External input impedance 1MQ min Approx 250 Q Resolution 1 6000 full scale Overall 25 C 0 3 full scale 0 4 full scale accuracy 0 to 55 C 0 6 full scale 0 8 full scale A D conversion data 16 bit binary 4 digit hexadecimal Full scale for 10 to 10 V F448 to OBB8 hex Full scale for other ranges 0000 to 1770 hex Averaging function Supported Settable for individual inputs via DIP switch Open circuit detection func Supported tion Analog Number of outputs 1 output 1 word allocated Output Output signal range 1 to 5 VDC O to 10 VDC or 10to10 O to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA Section VDC Allowable external output 1 KQ min 600 Q max load resistance External output impedance 0 5 Q max
18. OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device Device driver software installed successfully EN Additional Information If the software is not automatically installed refer to nstalling a Specified USB Driver later in this section D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 4 9 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr asn Aq Bunoeuuo z r 1e ug asn eui Burjeisu z z v 4 Programming Device Windows XP 1 Turn ON the power supply to the PLC and connect the peripheral USB port on the PLC to the personal computer using a USB cable The computer will automatically detect the device when the cable is connected and display the following message Found New Hardware OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device The following dialog box will be dis Found New Hardware Wizard played Select one of the options and Welcome to the Found New click the Next Button Hardware Wizard windows will search for current and updated software by looking on your computer on the hardware installation CD or on the Windows Update Web site with your permission Can Windows connect to Windows Update to search for software O Yes this time only O Yes now and every time connect a device No not this time Click Next to continue Cancel 3 The following dialog box will be dis Found New Hardware Wizard played Select the nstall the software auto
19. Adhesive tape Soldering 1 Place a heat shrinking tube on each conductor 2 Temporarily solder each conductor to the corresponding connector terminals suoneoiunuiuo jenas 10 BuMIM Y 3 Completely solder each conductor A Soldering iron BuutM OZET SH pepueuiuooeH E W Heat shrinking tube Inside diameter 1 5mm I2 10 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 37 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices 4 Return the heat shrinking tube to the soldered portion then heat the tube to shrink it in place di Heat shrinking tube Assembling Connector Hood Assemble the connector hood as shown below End connected to FG Aluminum foil tape End not connected to FG Grounding plate A 3 2 Recommended RS 422A 485 Wiring Use the following wiring methods for RS 422A 485 to maintain transmission quality 1 Always use shielded twisted pair cables as communications cables e Recommended RS 422A 485 Cables Model numbers CO HC ESV 3Px7 0 2 Manufacturer Hirakawa Hewtech Corp 2 Connect the shield of the communications cable to the FG terminal on the RS 422A 485 Option Board At the same time ground the ground terminal GR of the CPU Unit to 100 Q or less H Precautions for Correct Use Always ground the shield only at the RS 422A 485 Option Board end Grou
20. 110 100 90 j J 0 l ee Y to X menm 4 04 5 Model number W1 W2 CP1E E10DLI L1 66 56 CP1E 014D0 0 86 76 CP1E O20D0 0 86 76 CP1E O30D0 0 130 120 CP1E O40D0 0 150 140 CP1E N60DLI LI 195 185 CP1E NA20DLI LI1 130 120 Installation Height The installation height is approximately 90 mm When a cable is connected to an Option Board however the additional height must be included Always allow for the additional height when considering the depth of the control panel in which the PLC is to be mounted Installation Methods There are two installation methods DIN Track Installation Units can be mounted to PEP 50N 50 cm or PEP 100N 100N2 100 cm DIN Tracks Units can be moved and removed easily The installation height in the control panel will be increased depending on the type of DIN tracks used e Surface Installation Units can be directly mounted in the control panel using M4 screws D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 5 7 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr uonej eisu Z S uogel e1su c S 5 Installation and Wiring Installation Example DIN Track Installation Secure the DIN Track with screws in at least three places LS 9 DIN Track amp CoO CR Secure with screws
21. Analog I O devices I e Adjustment equipment n is the last output word allocated to the CPU Servo Controller Y x I pu or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O i e Variable speed device je I e Recorder BPN nomm Sie es nie mem al m 4 e Other Word n 1 can be used for either the range code or the analog output set value 1 Connect the Analog I O Unit to the CPU Unit CP1W MAD11 CP1E CPU Unit Analog I O Unit QI Setting the Averaging Function DIP switch pins 1 and 2 are used to set the averaging function When averaging is enabled a moving average of the last eight input values is output as the converted value The averaging function can be set separately for analog inputs 0 and 1 Default Analog input 0 OFF Disabled ON Enabled 2 Analog input 1 OFF OFF Disabled ON Enabled 8 30 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 2 Wire to analog I O devices 1 Wiring internal circuits of the CPU Unit
22. o o Thermocouples or platinum resistance thermometers Temperature inputs Model CP1W TS001 CP1W TS002 CP1W TS101 CP1W TS102 Temperature sen Thermocouples Platinum resistance thermometer Sors Switchable between K and J but same type Switchable between Pt100 and JPt100 but must be used for all inputs same type must be used for all inputs Number of inputs 2 4 2 4 Allocated input 2 4 2 4 words Accuracy The larger of 0 5 of converted value or The larger of 0 5 of converted value or 2 C 1 digit max 1 C 1 digit max Conversion time 250 ms for 2 or 4 input points Converted tempera 16 bit binary data 4 digit hexadecimal ture data Isolation Photocouplers between all temperature input signals Current consump 5 VDC 40 mA max 5 VDC 54 mA max tion 24 VDC 59 mA max 24 VDC 73 mA max Accuracy for a K type sensor at 100 C or less is 4 C 1 digit max 8 4 4 Flow of Operation 1 Connect the Temperature Sensor Unit Connect the Unit 2 Set the temperature unit 2 decimal place Mode if required and aimed d ord set the temperature input range 3 Connect temperature sensors Sensors 4 Program operation in the Read temperature data stored in the input word ladder program D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 37 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email e
23. 5 Expansion Connector 4 Expansion I O Connecting Cable 1 CompoBus S Terminals 8 52 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 1 CompoBus S Terminals The following CompoBus S terminals are provided CompoBus S communications data high low terminals NC terminals for communications power supply plus and minus and an NC ter minal Power is supplied internally for this Unit so the NC terminals for communications power supply can be used as relay terminals 2 DIP Switch Used to specify the node number for the CompoBus S I O Link Unit merid Node Number an Setting 8141211 rrr o o o o o 1 0 0 0 1 swi 2 0 0 1 0 3 o O 1 1 4 0111010 5 0111011 6 0111110 7 0111111 8 1101010 9 110011 10 1 0 1 0 11 1 0 1 1 12 1 1 0 0 18 1 1 0 1 14 1 1 10 15 1 1111 1 1 ON 0 OFF The long distance communications mode can be used only when one of the Long distance communications mode following Master Units is connected High speed communications mode C200HW SRM21 V1 CQM1 SRM21 V1 or SRM1 C00 V2 Retain outputs after a communication
24. Wiring Connectors Use the following steps to wire connectors See the following diagrams for the length of the cable portion to be cut in each step Shield Connected to Hood FG 1 Cut the cable to the required length 2 Remove the specified length of the sheath from the cable using a knife Be careful not to scratch the braided shield 25mm RS 422A 40mm RS 232C 3 Trim off the braided shield using scissors 10mm 4 Remove the insulation from each conductor using a stripper 5mm bel 5 Fold back the braided shield 6 Wrap aluminum foil tape around the folded shield Aluminum foil tape A 36 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices Shield Not Connected to Hood FG 1 Cut the cable to the required length 2 Remove the specified length of the sheath from the cable using a knife Be careful not to scratch the braided shield 25mm RS 422A 40mm RS 232C 3 Trim off all the braided shield using scissors 4 Remove the insulation from each conductor using a stripper 5 Wrap adhesive tape around the conductor from which the braided shield was removed
25. 9 CP series Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units H Precautions for Correct Use When connecting CP series Expansion Units or Expansion I O Units to a CPU Unit with AC power provide a space of approximately 10 mm between the CPU Unit and the first Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit If sufficient space cannot be provided between the CPU Unit and the first Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit use the PLC in an ambient temperature of 0 to 50 C Arrangement in Two Rows The Units can be arranged in two rows using the CP1W CN811 I O Connecting Cable 800 mm G QC m CP1W CN811 I O A Connecting Cable Aon H Precautions for Correct Use I O Connecting Cable can be used in one place only in each CP1E PLC It cannot be used in more than one place in the same CP1E PLC 5 6 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring 5 2 3 Installation This section describes how to install the CP1E Dimensions and Installation Height e Dimensions wi 85 W2 8 p r om oo EI ca
26. a Temperature input terminals 1 DIP Switch Settings The DIP switch is used to set the temperature unit C or F and the number of decimal places SW Setting T 1 Temperature unit OFF C ON F 2 Number of deci OFF Normal 0 or 1 digit after the decimal mal places point depending on the input range ON 2 decimal place Mode For details on 2 decimal place Mode refer to Two decimal place Mode in 8 4 5 Function Descriptions D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 38 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 2 Rotary Switch Setting N Caution Set the temperature range according to the type of temperature sensor connected to the Unit Temperature data will not be converted correctly if the temperature range does not match the sensor Do not set the temperature range to any values other than those for which temperature ranges are given in the following table An incorrect setting may cause operating errors The rotary switch is used to set the temperature range ce CP1W TS001 TS002 CP1W TS101 TS102 ting pr on Range C
27. 6 15 6 2 2 cR 6 16 6 2 3 sip e 6 17 6 2 4 CX Programmer Connection sise 6 18 Maintenance and Inspection Periodic Maintenance and Inspection nes 7 2 7 1 1 Tools Required for inspections 7 2 7 1 2 lx uleeleM nziereo EE 7 2 7 1 3 Inspection and Maintenance sisi 7 3 7 1 4 Unit Replacement Precautions een 7 4 Replacing the Battery in N NA type CPU Units esses nennen 7 5 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units LUEPADOInAaP cs 8 2 8 1 1 leu PEE 8 2 8 1 2 Part Names and F nctioris 2 i gue tke nde ert ere FU eni ta cae en e Ce pU Ro ne den non trente 8 2 8 1 3 heus c enr Maps 8 3 8 1 4 ElOW OFODerAIIONS ER 8 6 Analog Output Units 28e 8 12 8 2 1 e 8 12 8 2 2 Part Names and Furictioris iiec eiee ornnes etd nacre tani t a SUB eec XX eb ea a Et Ee epu np deas 8 12 8 2 3 SDOCIICatiOFiS ES aen Lee Aet Lt 8 13 8 2 4 Flow Of Op ration acna rae aa a aE aa aa E 8 16 PUECIDpPEHTeNprm 8 22 8 3 1 len aeeecanie 8 22 8 3 2 Part Names and Functions sise 8
28. CP1E N NA type CPU Unit RS 232C RS422A Conversion Unit Built in RS 232C Port or RS 232C Option Board NT ALOO1 Remote device Pin Signal RS 232C Pin Signal Signal Pin Ns n Signal 2 D 3 P i i 3 RD rs at sD 4 RS RS 5 CS cs 6 5V 5V d DR DR 8 ER ER 1 9 SG SG Hood FG gt gt gt gt E t Hood FG Remote device Shield See note i Signal i RDA f RDB i SDA a SDB dc Lee Note The following cables can be used for this connection It is recommended that one of these cables be used to connect the RS 232C port on the Option Board to the NT ALOO1 RS 232C RS 422 Conversion Unit Length Model numbers 70cm XW2Z 070T 1 2m XW2Z 200T 1 e Wiring for the Recommended Cables XW2Z 070T 1 or XW2Z 200T 1 Wiring with XW2Z LILIOT 1 10 conductors SYSMAC PLC NT ALO01 end inside NT ALOO1 Pin Signal Signal Pin Arrows indicate EG AIS se 1 signal directions SD n e RD RS cs 5V DR ER SG u 11 FG 177773 I Dum t FG Shield lt x Loopback oo 1 Oo O1 x Loopback I o o a Note The hood FG is internally connected to the ground terminal GR on the CPU Unit Therefore FG is grounded by grounding the ground terminal GR on the power supply termi nal block H Precautions for Correct Use The XW2Z LILIOT 1 Connecting Cables for the NT ALOO1 L
29. Indicator Color Status Description POWER Green x Power is ON Lit POWER o Power is OFF e RUN Not lit EA RUN Green je The CP1E is executing a program in either RUN or MONITOR Q A c ERR ALM Lit mode c e Operation is stopped in PROGRAM mode or due to a fatal error F INH Not lit ERR ALM Red x A fatal error including FALS execution or a hardware error WDT PRPHL Lit error has occurred CP1E operation will stop and all outputs will be turned OFF BKUP x A non fatal error has occurred including FAL execution e Flashing CP1E operation will continue z e Normal S Not lit 2 INH Yellow x The Output OFF Bit A500 15 was turned ON S Lit All outputs will be turned OFF z A e Normal S Not lit d PRPHL Yellow x Communications either sending or receiving are in progress c Flashing through the peripheral USB port e Other than the above Not lit BKUP Yellow x The user programs parameters or specified DM Area words are Lit being written to the backup memory built in EEPROM e Other than the above Not lit Precautions for Safe Use Do not turn OFF the power supply to the PLC when the BKUP indicator is lit It indicates that data is being written to the backup memory built in EEPROM If the power supply is turned OFF while the BKUP indicator is ON data in the backup memory built in EEPROM may be destroyed D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winsto
30. 5 12 5 3 Wiring ssri scrierea kirE Ree Boat RES Eque x EE waned we ES E 5 14 5 3 1 Wiring Procedure iii tie active tobe kuin d amas ee TA 5 14 5 3 2 Wiring Power Supply and Ground Lines 5 14 59 9 WO WINING die as aud Rd dob i Seach il ia aides at 5 17 5 3 4 Wiring Safety and Noise Controls 5 21 5 3 5 Relay Output Noise Reduction Methods 5 22 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 5 1 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring 5 1 Fail safe Circuits This section describes the fail safe circuits that must be set up outside the CP1E Always set up safety circuits outside of the PLC to prevent dangerous conditions in the event of errors in the CP1E CPU Unit or external power supply In particular be careful of the following points Timing of Supplying Power to the PLC and the Controlled System If the PLC s power supply is turned ON after the controlled system s power supply outputs in Units such as DC Output Units may momentarily not function properly To prevent any malfunction add an external circuit that prevents the power supply to the controlled sys tem from going ON before the power supply to the PLC itself Safety Circuit for Errors Outputs Turned OFF When any of the following errors oc
31. 1770 6000 0 25 V 0000 0 I JFED4 300 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE Voltages in the 10 to 10 V range corre spond to hexadecimal values F448 to OBB8 3 000 to 3 000 The range of data that can be converted is F31C to OCE4 hex 3 300 to 3 300 A negative voltage is expressed as a two s complement Voltages in the 0 to 10 V range correspond to hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6 000 The range of data that can be con verted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 A negative voltage is expressed as a two s complement Voltages in the 0 to 5 V range correspond to hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6 000 The range of data that can be con verted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 A negative voltage is expressed as a two s complement T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 25 syun o I Bojeuy 8 suoneoyioads c e g 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units 1to5V Voltages in the 1 to 5 V range correspond to Converted SUI hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to Hexadecimal Decimal 6 000 The range of data that can be con 189C 6300 verted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 1770 6000 Voltage in the range of 0 8 to 1 V is expressed as a two s complement If an input is below the range i e less than 0 8 V the open circuit detection functi
32. 2 12 CP1W SRT21 Can perform communications as a Compo Bus S slave via 8 inputs and 8 outputs 0 029A D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 200g 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 3 5 Restrictions on System Configuration The following restrictions apply to the CP series Expansion Units and CP series Expansion I O Units that can be connected to CP1E CPU Units Restriction on the Number of Connected Units A total of up to three Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units can be connected to an E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units cannot be connected to E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units Each CPU Unit can connect one device to pin 6 5V power supply of the CP1W CIFO1 built in RS232C port If one CPU Unit connects two devices a total of up to two Expansion Units can be con nected to the CPU Unit Restrictions on External Power Supply Capacity The following restrictions apply when using the CPU Unit s external power supply yun uoisuedxa 10 yun O I uoisuedxa e z AC power supply E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit The power supply capacity is restricted for AC power supply E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units It may not be possible to use the full 300 mA of the external power supply though a CPU Unit can connect any
33. 5 21 Io eVE iere m 6 15 Inspection and maintenance 7 3 Installation and Wiring Products Lye nes 2 8 Installation height sicreta 5 7 Installing the software 4 7 Installing the USB Driver 4 9 Interrupt Inputs oco Ere rra 3 10 L Low Voltage Directive 24 M Maximum number of I O Points 1 10 2 10 Memory error incre rette ims 6 5 6 8 Modbus RTU Easy Master function A 32 Model numbers 2 4 Models CPUS eis ine oer E Rn EHE 2 4 Expansion I O Unit 2 11 Expansion Unit 1 ie tre enters 2 12 Installation and Wiring Products 2 8 Optional Products esseeeeee 2 7 Mounting hole pitch 5 10 N N NA type CPU Unit ss 1 2 Basic system configuration 2 3 E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units 3 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units 3 6 MOdeIS LT 2 5 NOISG CONMTIO MET 5 21 Index 2 External wiring eee 5 22 A 43 Relay Output enceinte rne deese eet 5 22 Non fatal errors Backup memory error 6 6 6 12 Battery error eret 6 6 6 13 AIC GEEOE iiie e us Ni Ru 6 6 6 12 Option Board error 6 6 6 13 PLC Setup error 6 6 6 13 No protocol communications A 31 Normal inputs epoca imei ceo sm Normal outputs NT LINK S Number of connected Unit
34. 4 9 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 4 1 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 4 Programming Device 4 1 Applicable Programming Devices for CP1E A programming device is a software application for initializing programming monitoring and debug ging PLCs This section describes the programming device used by CP1E 4 1 1 Applicable Programming Devices The programming devices in the following table are used to program and monitor the CP1E Unit IBM PC AT or equivalent gh CX Programmer CP1E CPU Unit Compatible CX Saved pro Unit version of Support for Applicable Product Model Programmer i gram file Reference TE CP1E CPU Unit Smart Input oat CPU Unit CX Programmer WS02 Version 8 2 or Version 1 0 Not CXP Refer to the CP1E LI20DLI L1 CX One CXPC1 V8 higher Seenote supported CX Program CP1E O030D0 0 mer Operation CP1E 040D0 0 WS02 Version 9 03 or Version 1 0 Supported Manual Cat All units are sup CXPC1 V9 higher No W446 ported Micro PLC Edition WS02 Version 8 2 or Version 1 0 Not CXP Described in CP1E LI20DLI L1 CX Programmer CXPC2 V8 higher supported this section CP1E O30D0 0 CX One Lite CP1E 040D0 0 WS02 Version 9 03 or Version 1 0 Supported All units are sup CXPC2 V9 higher ported CX Programmer WS02 Version 1 0 Version 1 0 Supported CXE
35. 8 8 E 4 nomma Flags ae Rightmost data Example 3 Temperature 200 12 F x100 20012 Temperature Data FFB1D4 hexadecimal for 20012 Leftmost 3 Digits and Flags Flags x165 x164 x16 Bits 15 14 13 12 11t008 07 to 04 03 to 00 Data 0111010 F F B 4 F F B _ L woma Flags Temperature Leftmost Rightmost 3 Digits and Flags Flags x16 x16 x16 Bits 15 14 13 12 11t008 07 to 04 03 to 00 Data 1111010 1 D 4 C 1 D 4 nomai Flags Temperate Rightmost 8 48 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Example 4 Temperature Open circuit F Temperature Data 7FFFFF Leftmost 3 Digits and Flags Flags x165 x16 x16 Bits 15 14 13 12 111008 07 to 04 03 to 00 Data j o 1 1 0 7 F F lejriFiF L m L Error Flags Temperature data Leftmost Rightmost 3 Digits and Flags Flags x16 x16 x16 Bits 15 14 13 12 111008 07 to 04 03 to 00 Data 1 1 1 0 F F F E F FF L Ld Error Flags Temperature data Rightmost EN Additional Information Leftmost digits are stored in the lower memory addresses Treat the data in the lower memory address as the leftmost digits when programming
36. 0000 D102 MOV 0100 D103 CMP 2 7FFE Always ON Flag P_EQ K wo 00 WO 00 2 13 open circuit detected C W0 01 2 15 leftmost digits SET WO 02 WO 02 2 15 leftmost digits ME MOV 2 2 15 rightmost digits W100 x REST WO0 02 SET WO0 03 WO 03 W102 7 non negative data il AF BCDL w101 W102 7 negative data D100 CLC CE D102 REST W0 03 8 50 1 Sets D103 and D102 to 0100 and 0000 respectively Detects completion of input 0 initialization ON when input 0 has been initialized Open circuit alarm output 2 Leftmost digits moved to W100 Leftmost and rightmost digits rearranged and moved to W102 and W101 Data rearrangement completed 6 If the temperature data is non negative the binary data in W102 and W101 is converted to BCD and placed in D101 and D100 7 If the temperature data is negative the 2 s complement data in W102 and W101 is converted to binary data representing the absolute value of the temperature input and placed in H1 and HO 8 The binary data in H1 and HO is converted to BCD and placed in D101 and D100 9 1 is written to the bit in D101 indicating negative data D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25
37. 24 VDC 2 A max Estimating the Service Life of Relays The service life of output contacts is as shown in the following diagram 300 200 100 50 30 20 Life x 10 10 0 1 I 120 VAC resistive load 24 VDC t 7 ms 120 VAC COS m 0 4 i 240 VAC COS 0 4 24 VDC 240 VAC resistive load Switching frequency 1 800 operations hour 0 2 0 3 0 5 0 71 Contact current A Restrictions of CP1W 16ER 32ER Limit the output load current to satisfy the following derating curve CP1W 16ER 32ER Output load current 100 50 43 55 Ambient temperature C 3 26 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions e CP1W 32ER s maximum number of simultaneously ON output points is 24 75 Relation between Number of ON Outputs and Ambient Temperature CP1W 32ER Number of inputs ON simultaneously According to the ambient temperature there are restrictions on power supply voltage and output load 75 55 Ambient temperature C current for the CPU Units connected with the Expansion I O Units CP1W 8ER 16ER 20EDR1 32ER 40EDR Use the PLC in the range of the power supply voltage and output load current as show below e The ambient temperature is restricted for th
38. Appendices Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Inputs not provided e Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1W 8bET Unit Upper Terminal Block Unit Lower Terminal Block 4 5 to 30 VOC qu clon COM 01 03 00 02 COM 4 5 to 30 VDC L 4 e Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1W 8ET1 Unit Upper Terminal Block Unit Lower Terminal Block 4 51030 VDC O CIO n COM ot 03 00 02 COM 4 5 to 30 VDC 16 point Output Units Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Inputs not provided Relay Outputs CP1W 16ER Unit Upper Terminal Block 2L NC COM COM COM 04 06 COM CIO n NC 00 01 02 03 05 07 COOOOOO D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Inputs not provided Unit Lower Terminal Block CIO n 1 Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1W 16ET Unit Upper Terminal Block ree OOF re 20 J l 06 com cion 660966 Unit Lower Terminal Blo
39. CP1W CIF41 Ethernet Option Board Front IP ADDRESS SUBNET MASK oo COM ERR 1 10BASE T 100BASE TX LED Indicators Display the operating status of the Option Board Label Attach the label here to show IP address and subnet mask Ethernet Connector Used to connect the Ethernet twisted pair cable Rear CPU Unit connector 3 18 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions e LED Indicators Indicator Color Status Meaning COMM Yellow Not lit Not sending or receiving data Flashing Sending or receiving data ERR Red Not lit Unit normal Lit An fatal error has occurred at the Unit Flashing An no fatal error has occurred at the unit e Ethernet Connectors The following standards and specifications apply to the connectors for the Ethernet twisted pair cable SHUN Nd9 L E Electrical specifications Conforming to IEEE802 3 standards Connector structure RJ45 8 pin Modular Connector conforming to ISO8877 Connector Pin Signal Name Abbr Signal Direction 1 Transmission data TD Output 2 Transmission data TD Output 3 Reception data RD Input m L 4 Not used 5 Not used 6 Reception data RD Input 7 Not us
40. Do not touch the power supply section when power is being supplied or imme diately after the power supply is turned OFF The power supply section and I O terminal blocks will be hot and you may be burned D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 17 Pay careful attention to the polarities when wiring the DC power supply A wrong connection may cause malfunction of the system When connecting the PLC to a computer or other peripheral device either ground the 0 V side of the external power supply or do not ground the external power supply at all Otherwise the external power supply may be shorted depending on the connection methods of the peripheral device DO NOT ground the 24 V side of the external power supply as shown in the following diagram Non insulated DC o4v Power supply USB cable or other communications cable CPU Unit Peripheral device t FG e g personal computer ZZ LYLZ LY The DM Area D Holding Area H Counter Completion Flags C and Counter Present Values C will be held by the Battery if a Battery is mounted in a CP1E N NAOODO O CPU Unit When the battery voltage is low however I O memory areas that are held including the DM Holding and Counter Areas will be unstable T
41. EuJ8 X3 JO SION 12911981 Bulonpey p e v Index A Analog adj ster mienne 3 2 3 6 Analog adjustets ressent retennr tinnes 3 2 Analog I O Unit Dimensions DIP Switch settings seeeee 8 30 Part names and functions eeeeeeesss 8 22 Specifications 8 23 WINING eterni ned ELA NIE 8 91 A 27 Words allocation 8 33 Analog Input Unit 2 12 8 2 Dimensions 00sceccceeeeceeeeceeneesseeseeeeseeeeeaneeseness A 7 Part names and functions eeeeeeesesss 8 2 Specifications sse 8 3 WINING e 8 7 A 24 Words allocation 8 9 Analog Output Unit 2 12 8 12 Dimensions 00eeececceeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeenenentens A 7 A 8 Part names and functions 8 12 Specifications 8 13 WIRING 22 5 211i nent 8 18 A 25 A 26 Words allocation eese 8 18 8 19 B Backup memory EFF eee eee eect eee 6 6 6 12 BackUp time E 1 2 bruce 2 7 7 2 Replacing wii uei ch Sohn eet uni 7 7 Service lifG eine dette tice ttes 7 5 Ba tterV errori sait diner ist 6 6 6 13 Built in RS 232C port 3 2 3 7 A 39 C Checking errors 6 2 Communications error Built in RS 232C port 6 5 Peripher
42. Expansion I O Units TET Current Specifications Name and appearance Model number consumption Weight Outputs Inputs 5V 24V 8 point Input Unit CP1W 8ED Not provided 8 inputs 24 VDC 0 018A 200g CP1W 8ER 8 relay outputs Not provided 0 026A 0 044A 250g CP1W 8ET 8 transistor outputs 0 075A 250g sinking CP1W 8ET1 8 transistor outputs 0 075A 250g sourcing CP1W 16ER 16 relay outputs Not provided 0 042A 0 090A 280g CP1W 16ET 16 transistor outputs 0 076A 225g sinking CP1W 16ET1 16 transistor outputs 0 076A 225g sourcing CP1W 20EDR1 8 relay outputs 12 inputs 24 VDC 0 103A 0 044A 300g CP1W 20EDT 8 transistor outputs 0 130A 300g sinking CP1W 20EDT1 8 transistor outputs 0 130A 300g sourcing 32 point Output Unit CP1W 32ER 32 relay outputs Not provided 0 049A 0 131A 465g CP1W 32ET 32 transistor outputs 0 113A 325g sinking CP1W 32ET1 32 transistor outputs 0 113A 325g sourcing 40 point I O Unit CP1W 40EDR 16 relay outputs 24 inputs 24 VDC 0 080A 0 090A 380g fo CP1W 40EDT 16 transistor outputs 0 160A 320g sinking CP1W 40EDT1 16 transistor outputs 0 160A 320g sourcing D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 2 11 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d
43. 31d2 10 So9119q Buruurej604d ejqeorddy 1 7 The CX Programmer is a software application for a Windows operating environment The software is installed on top of Windows Make sure that Windows Vista XP or Windows 2000 is installed and functioning correctly on the computer USB Port To transfer ladder programs from the computer to the CP1E and to use the monitoring functions via the USB port enable the computers USB port Refer to the computers manual for information on enabling the USB port Installation Procedure This section describes how to install the software on a computer using the following drive configuration as an example C drive Hard disk drive D drive CD ROM drive e1emyoS eui BUIIEISUI S L 1 Start Windows and insert the CX Programmer Master Disk in the CD ROM drive The installation program will be started by the computer s auto run function If the installation program does not start select Specify File Name and Run from the Windows Start Menu enter d setup and click the OK Button 2 Complete the installation process following the instructions provided on screen l Precautions for Correct Use Log on as a user with Administrator privileges when uninstalling Uninstalling the CX Programmer Uninstall the CX Programmer when it is no longer required Uninstall the application using Add and Remove Applications in the control panel M Precautions for Correct Use Log on as a user w
44. 7 1 Periodic Maintenance and Inspection 7 2 7 1 1 Tools Required for Inspections 7 2 7 1 2 Periodic Inspection 7 2 7 1 3 Inspection and Maintenance 7 3 7 1 4 Unit Replacement Precautions 7 4 7 2 Replacing the Battery in N NA type CPU Units 7 5 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 7 1 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 7 Maintenance and Inspection 7 1 Periodic Maintenance and Inspection This section describes periodic inspections and maintenance of CP1E PLCs Daily or periodic inspections are required in order to maintain the PLC s functions in peak operating condition 7 1 1 Tools Required for Inspections Required Tools Phillips screwdrivers Voltage tester or digital voltmeter Industrial alcohol and clean cotton cloth Tools Required Occasionally Synchroscope Oscilloscope with pen plotter Thermometer and hygrometer humidity meter 7 1 2 Periodic Inspection Although the major components in CP series PLCs have an extremely long life time they can deterio rate under improper environmental conditions Periodic inspections are thus required to ensure that the required conditions are being kept
45. Resolution 1 6000 full scale Overall 25 C 0 4 full scale accuracy 0 to 55 C 0 8 full scale Set data D A conversion 16 bit binary 4 digit hexadecimal Full scale for 10 to 10 V F448 to OBB8 hex Full scale for other ranges 0000 to 1770 hex Conversion time 2 ms point 6 ms all points Isolation method Photocoupler isolation between analog I O terminals and internal circuits No isolation between analog I O signals Current consumption 5 VDC 83 mA max 24 VDC 110 mA max Analog I O Signal Ranges Analog I O data is digitally converted according to the analog I O signal range as shown below EN Additional Information When the input output exceeds the specified range the AD DA converted data will be fixed at either the lower limit or upper limit D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 24 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Analog I O Signal Ranges 10 to 10 V Converted Data Hexadecimal Decimal OCE4 3300 0BB8 3000 11V 10V 0000 0 F448 3000 F31C 3300 0 to 10V Converted Data Hexadecimal Decimal A 189C 6300 1770 6000 0 5 V 0000 0 OV 10V 11V FED4 300 0to5V Converted Data Hexadecimal Decimal A 189C 63800 7 5
46. Transistor Outputs Sinking N oDOO D con cio 1 Cio2 CP1E N60DT O CIO 100 CIO 101 CIO 102 f w LT 3444566h4hh556 TT lo DC Power Supply NC X NC ICOM CIO 100 N60DT D Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1E N60DT1 0 CIO 100 CIO 101 CIO 102 CIO 101 CIO 102 AC 3b4bb4bb55555500 oo o oo o DC Power Suppl NC NC COM CIO 100 CIO 101 CIO 102 N60DT1 D D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices CPU Units with Built in Analog and 20 I O Points Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram All Models Relay Outputs AC
47. USB port USB 2 0 or 1 1 Commercially available USB 5m max Conforming to USB 2 0 cable A connector B connector B connector 4 8 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 4 Programming Device Restrictions on Connecting by USB The following restrictions apply to the connection of the CP1E to a computer due to the USB specifica tions Keep these restrictions in mind when using the USB port e Only one CP1E CPU Unit can be connected by USB to a single personal computer It is not possible to connect multiple CP1E CPU Units simultaneously Do not remove the USB cable while connected online The application must be offline before the cable is removed The CX Programmer will not go online simply by reinserting the USB cable Place the CX Programmer offline before reinserting the USB cable then place it online again 4 2 2 Installing the USB Driver The USB driver for CP1E must be installed on the computer running the CX Programmer in order to connect the CP1E to the computer via USB When the personal computer is connected to the CP1E by USB cable the personal computer automat ically recognizes the device and the USB driver installation is started Windows 2000 or Vista Connect the computer s USB port 1 and the CP1E CPU Unit s peripheral USB port 3 with a USB cable 2
48. W0 01 ON when input 1 has been initialized is O WO 00 Execution condition mi Oo E T Detects an open circuit alarm or Unit error by checking converted temperature data for the error code 7FFF 3 7FFF W0 02 ON when an open circuit alarm or Unit error has been detected for input 0 P _4 f Oo E 5 Checks to see if the temperature data in CIO 2 has exceeded 500 0 C 1388 hex without decimal point i 11388 P GT D W0 03 ON for an input 0 temperature error PLT BCD Converts the temperature data for input 0 to BCD and stores the result in WO 01 Execution condition CMP Detects an open circuit alarm or Unit error by checking whether the error code 7FFF has been output 7FFF 4 W0 04 ON when an open circuit alarm or Unit error has been detected for input 1 CMP Checks to see if the temperature data in CIO 3 has exceeded 500 0 C 1388 hex without decimal point i 1388 GT W0 05 ON for an input 1 temperature error l LT Converts the temperature data for input 1 to BCD and stores the result in D1 0 Jf o 8 44 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units b The following programming example shows how to convert the data for tempera ture input 0 to BCD and store the resul
49. 49 o wea counterclock 1 wise operation pe te ice a eee a 5 2 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring 5 2 Installation This section describes the environmental factors that must be considered and the installation location of each Unit 5 2 1 Installation Location Installation Environment Do not install the Unit in the following locations e Locations subject to ambient temperatures lower than 0 C or higher than 55 C e Locations subject to drastic temperature changes or condensation e Locations subject to ambient humidity lower than 10 or higher than 90 e Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases Locations subject to excessive dust salt or metal filings Locations that would subject the PLC to direct shock or vibration Locations exposed to direct sunlight Locations that would subject the PLC to water oil or chemical reagents e e e uonej elsu c G Always enclose or protect the PLC sufficiently in the following locations Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity Locations close to power lines Installation in Cabinets or Control Panels When the CP1E is being installed in a cabinet or control panel be
50. D m x TD ge 2 D o 2 O c 2 ao i V IN J CIO n CIO n 1 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 21 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Inputs not provided Unit Lower Terminal Block CIO n 2 CIO n 3 a A N if gt OO boOooodd OO 00 02 03 04 06 00 01 03 04 06 NC NC COM COM COM COM 05 07 COM 02 COM 05 07 TTT100 707009 Ee CIO n 2 CIO n 3 20 point I O Units Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram All Models Relay Outputs CIO m CP1W 20EDR1 u DT PR L 7 il A Paii OOOOOG A 02 E 05 07 COM 01 03 05 CIO n COM COM COM 03 COM 06 NC 00 02 04 06 08 10 LII ES 9 9 To pe a d i YII L IDE CIO m Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1W 20EDT OO 00 01 02 04 05 07 CIO n COM a LL L COM 06 A 22 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Ro
51. E Bed Output indicator OUT Internal Tay ET Jour En circuits O9 4 UT 1 COM 250 VAC 2A b 24 VDC 2A a NU max D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 3 11 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions Estimating the Service Life of Relays Under normal conditions the service life of output contacts is as shown above The service life of relays is as shown in the following diagram as a guideline CP1E OODR O 1000 700 125 VAC resistive load 500 S00 t 30 VDC 250 VAC resistive load 100 70 50 20 i 125 VAC coso 0 4 0 7 Z 5 3 2 1 Life x 10 250 VAC cos 0 4 30 VDC t 7ms 0 1 0 203 050 7 1 2 3 5 710 Contact current A Relationship between Continuous Simultaneous ON Rate and Ambient Temperature There are restrictions on the power supply voltage and output load current imposed by the ambient temperature Make sure that the power supply voltage and output load current are within the follow ing ranges CP1E N14DR D CP1E N30DR D CP1E N40DR D CP1E N60DR D CP1E N20DR D 100 100 100 100 I Power voltage I Power volta 1 Power voltage ge Power voltage 21 6VDC l 216VDC 216VDC 21 6VDC I 50 50 L 50 50
52. Effective value ambient temperature 25 C 43 000 hours approx 5 years CIO Area Input Bits 1 600 bits 100 words CIO 0 00 to CIO 99 15 CIO 00 to CIO 99 Output Bits 1 600 bits 100 words CIO 100 00 to CIO 199 15 CIO 100 to CIO 199 Serial PLC Link Words 1 440 bits 90 words CIO 200 00 to CIO 289 15 CIO 200 to CIO 289 Work Area W 1 600 bits 100 words WO 00 to W99 15 WO to W99 Holding Area H 800 bits 50 words HO 00 to H49 15 HO to H49 Bits in this area maintain their ON OFF status when operating mode is changed Auxiliary Area A Read only 7 168 bits 448 words A0 to A447 Read write 4 896 bits 306 words A448 to A753 Temporary Area TR 16 bits TRO to TR15 Timer Area T 256 timer numbers TO to T255 separate from counters Counter Area C 256 counter numbers CO to C255 separate from timers Data Memory Area D 2K words DO to D2047 8K words DO to D8191 Of these 1 500 words can be saved to the backup Of these 7 000 words can be saved to the backup memory built in EEPROM using settings in the memory built in EEPROM using settings in the Auxiliary Area Auxiliary Area Operating modes D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE PROGRAM Mode Program execution is stopped Preparations can be executed prior to program execution in this mode MONITOR Mode Programs are executed
53. Inspection is recommended at least once every six months to a year but more frequent inspections will be necessary in adverse environments Take immediate steps to correct the situation if any of the conditions in the following table are not met e Battery Item Check whether the Battery has reached its service life CP1W BATO 1 Battery Life Service life expectancy is 5 years at 25 C less at higher temperatures From 1 5 to 5 years depending on model and ambient temperature Remedy Replace the Battery when its service life has passed even if a Battery error has not occurred The service life depends on the model and ambient temperature Refer to 7 2 Replacing the Battery in N NA type CPU Units 7 2 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 7 Maintenance and Inspection 7 1 3 Inspection and Maintenance No Inspection Inspection Criteria Remedy points 1 Power sup Check for voltage fluctuations Allowable voltage Use a voltage tester to check the ply voltage at the power supply terminals range power supply at the terminals Take AC power supply necessary steps to bring voltage fluc 85 to 264 VAC tuations within limits DC power supply 20 4 to 26 4 VDC 2 l O power Check for voltage fluctuations Voltages must be Use a voltage tester to check the
54. Les Los Cortes When the ERR ALM indicator flashes connect the CX Programmer to the peripheral USB port and read the error messages If a low Battery message appears on the CX Programmer or the Battery Error Flag A402 04 is ON first check whether the Battery is properly connected to the CPU If the Battery is properly connected replace the Battery as soon as possible Once a low battery error has been detected it will take 5 days at an ambient temperature of 25 C before the Battery fails assuming that power has been supplied at least once a day You can prevent losing data in the RAM by ensuring that the CPU Unit power is not turned OFF until the Battery is replaced Precautions for Correct Use The low battery message will appear on the CX Programmer and the Battery Error Flag A402 04 will turn ON only if the Detect Low Battery parameter in the PLC Setup has been set to detect a low Battery error If this setting has not been made Battery errors will not be detected The Battery will discharge faster at higher temperatures e g 4 days at 40 C and 2 days at 55 C Replacement Battery Name Battery Set Model CP1W BATO1 H Precautions for Correct Use Be sure to install a replacement Battery within two years of the production date shown on the Battery s label Production Date OMRON CP1W BATO1 09 03 Manufactured in March 2009 7 6 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Wi
55. Some operations such as online editing and changes to present values in I O mem ory are enabled in this mode Programs are executed This is the normal operating mode RUN Mode 1 11 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr suopneoyioeds L sonsuejoejeuo Z E L 1 Overview and Specifications 1 3 3 Functional Specifications The following table gives the functional specifications of CP1E CPU Units Function Description Cycle time Minimum cycle time Makes the cycle time consistent ioo d Cycle time monitoring Monitors the cycle time CPU Unit Inputs High High speed pulse High speed pulses from devices such as a rotary encoder are counted The built in speed inputs counted values are stored in the Auxiliary Area Interrupt tasks can be executed functions counters when target is reached or by range comparison inputs Input pulse fre The frequency of pulses input by the PRV instruction is measured quency measurement Interrupt inputs Relevant interrupt tasks are executed during the cycle when the CPU Unit built in inputs turn ON or turn OFF Quick response inputs Inputs can be read without being affected by cycle time Use the quick response inputs to read signals shorter than the cycle time Normal Vo Cyclic The CPU Units built in I O are cyclically refreshed inputs refres refre
56. 8 inputs 8 outputs Word n 1 In the following example a CompoBus S I O Link Unit is connected as the first Unit after the CP1E CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit with CompoBus S 30 or 40 I O Points I O Link Unit Input words CIO 0 CIO 2 CIO 1 Output words CIO 100 CIO 102 CIO 101 The input word m 1 contains the data from the Master Unit and the CompoBus S communications status 15 09 08 07 00 Word m 1 CompoBus S Communications Error Flag 0 Normal 1 Error Data from the Master Unit CompoBus S Communication Status Flag 0 Stopped 1 Communicating Write the data to be transmitted to the Master Unit in the output word n 1 15 07 00 Word n 1 Data to be transferred to the Master Unit H Precautions for Correct Use The 8 bits of I O data are not always transmitted simultaneously e 8 bits of data transmitted from the Master CPU Unit at the same time will not always reach the CP1E CPU Unit e 8 bits of data transmitted from the CP1E CPU Unit at the same time will not always reach the Master CPU Unit simultaneously When the 8 bits of input data must be read together modify the ladder program in the CPU Unit receiving the data For example read the input data twice in succession and accept the data only when the two values match D3E Electronique Parc du
57. Be sure that the data is read at least once every 125 ms to allow for the CPU Unit s cycle time and communications time Correct data may not be obtained if the read cycle is greater than 125 ms Programming Example The following programming example shows how to use 2 decimal place Mode for the following PLC configuration SHU 10SU9S ounjejoduioa p 8 CPU Unit CP1W TS001 Temperature Sensor Unit Temperature unit setting Inputs Inputs n CIO 000 cio 002 GIO Q91 CIO 003 Two decimal place Mode 1 2 digits after decimal point stored Outputs Outputs CIO 100 None CIO 101 In this example 100 times the temperature data for temperature input O input to CIO 002 is stored in binary form in D100 to D102 Temperature input 0 CIO 2 Leftmost data M9 W100 Rightmost data suonduoseq uonoun4j G p g Bi 15 14 13 12 t1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 s 2 1 o D100 x16 x16 x16 x16 D101 x16 x16 x165 x164 D102 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 0 0 Temperature Unit Flag 0 C 1 F Open circuit Flag 0 Normal 1 Error D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 49 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion l O Units A200 11 First Scan Flag 1
58. CIO 100 CIO 190 DC Power Supply CP1E NSODLI D SHUN NdO OZYN 10 09 0 0EN Or 0 3 Z L NC No connection NG od ud 02 J O9 BEL RAS COM Common terminal NC comicom com 03 Icom o6 COM ot o3 00 to 07 Output terminal eo ee VOUTO Analog voltage Output CP1E N40D0 D OUTO Analog current Output COMO Common terminal for analog NC 00 01 02 i 04 06 00 01 03 04 06 NC COM COM COM COM 05 07 JCOM 02 COM 05 07 CIO 100 ClO 101 CP1E N60DLI D NC 04 05 07 00 02 04 05 07 00 02 04 05 07 NC COM COM COM 03 COM 06 COM 01 03 COM 06 COM 01 03 COM 06 CIO 100 CIO 101 CIO 102 CP1E NA20DLI D NC COM COM COM 03 COM 06 NC VOUTO COMO CIO 100 CIO 190 NC 00 01 02 E 05 07 NC IOUTO D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 3 9 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions 3 1 3 Common I O Specifications The following table gives the specifications that apply to the built in 1 O on a CP1E CPU Unit Specifications Item Specification High speed counter inputs Input type High speed counter inputs interrupt inputs quick Normal inputs or normal inputs response inputs or n
59. D S 23 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 21 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 3 Analog I O Units 8 3 1 Overview Each CP1W MAD11 Analog I O Unit provides 2 analog inputs and 1 analog output The analog input range can be set to 0 to 5 V 1 to 5 V 0 to 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA The inputs have a resolution of 1 6000 An open circuit detection function can be used with the 1 to 5 V and 4 to 20 mA settings The analog output range can be set to 1 to 5 V 0 to 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA The outputs have a resolution of 1 6000 8 3 2 Part Names and Functions CP1W MAD11 4 DIP switch 3 Expansion connector 2 Expansion I O connecting cable 1 Analog I O terminals po s SISSE 1 Analog I O Terminals Connected to analog I O devices I O Terminal Arrangements V OUT Voltage output cH cH IOUT Current output LOUT NC I NC VINO COMO 1IN1 AG COM Output common V INO Voltage input O I INO Current input 0 COMO Input common 0 V IN1 Voltage input 1 OUT N N VIN Mo IN1 A o S S COMO G LIN Current input 1 vour COM NC NC LINO VIN1
60. For CP1W DA021 only word n 1 can be used The D A conversion will start when the set data is transferred from the CPU Unit to the Analog Output Unit 15 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Wdn 1 1lololololololo E m Qo BE Analog output 2 Analog output 1 Even if analog outputs are not used bits 15 in words n 1 and n 2 must be set to 1 15 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 Wdn 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 01 0 i E LLL Analog output 4 Analog output 3 Even if analog outputs are not used bits 15 in words n 1 and n 2 must be set to 1 e Set Data sun 1ndino Bojeuy z 8 Range code Analog output signal range 000 10 to 10 V co 001 0to 10V io 010 1t05V X 011 0 to 20 mA m 100 4 to 20 mA 2 Output use S o No g 1 Yes a 2 The Analog Output Unit will not start converting analog I O values until the range code has been written The output will be O V or 0 mA After the range code has been set 0 V or 0 mA will be output for the 0 to 10V 10 to 10V or 0 to 20 mA ranges and 1 V or 4 mA will be output for the 1 to 5V and 4 to 20 mA ranges until a convertible value has been written to the output word Once the range code has been set in the Analog Output Unit it is not possible to change the setting while power is being supplied to the CPU Unit To change the I O range turn the CPU Unit OFF then ON again D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 19 T l 03
61. PFP 50N dimensions are given in parentheses End Plate Use the PFP M End Plates to secure the Units so that they do not move towards one end or the other of the DIN Track Surface Installation Surface Installation Create the mounting holes in the mounting surface as shown in the dimensions diagrams Align the CP1E CPU Unit with the mounting holes and secure it in place with M4 screws D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 5 9 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring 5 10 Surface Installation Mounting Hole Pitch CP1E E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units or Expansion I O Units with 32 or 40 I O Points z EAS lt E gt CP1E CPU Unit E N30 CPU Unit 120 0 5 QW e ae E N40 CPU Unit 140 0 5 opie E30 40 N30 40 60 n N60 CPU Unit 185 0 5 room i eaa oO NA20 CPU Unit 12040 5 NEO 7 a Expansion I O Units Unit with 32 VO 14020 2 eee ras xa Mesa sen 1 points k Unit with 40 1 0 140 0 2 8mm points e CP1E E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units Expansion I O Units with 8 16 or 20 I O Points and Expansion Units F Mounting hole unit pitch A mm CP1E CPU Unit E10 CPU Unit 56 0 5 E N14 CPU Unit 76 0 5 A E N20 CPU Unit 76 0 5 4 MEC ERES do
62. Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons It is our practice to change model numbers when published ratings or features are changed or when significant construction changes are made However some specifications of the products may be changed without any notice When in doubt special model numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application on your request Please consult with your OMRON representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased products DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Dimensions and weights are nominal and are not to be used for manufacturing purposes even when tolerances are shown PERFORMANCE DATA Performance data given in this manual is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute a warranty It may represent the result of OMRON s test conditions and the users must correlate it to actual application requirements Actual performance is subject to the OMRON Warranty and Limitations of Liability ERRORS AND OMISSIONS The information in this manual has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate however no responsibility is assumed for clerical typographical or proofreading errors or omissions 14 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 3
63. SDB 1 RDA 2 5 RDB De 1 j DRE T A 3 3 Converting the Built in RS 232C Port to RS 422A 485 S8 Vect S4 01 uod OZEZ S4 uiing eu BUMSAUOO E v Use one of the following Conversion Units to convert a built in RS 232C port to an RS 422A port for a CP1E N NA type CPU Unit e CJ1W CIF11 RS 422A Conversion Unit Maximum distance 50 m convertible to RS 422A or RS 485 e NT AL001 RS 232C RS 422A Conversion Unit Maximum distance 500 m convertible to RS 422A only D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 39 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices CJ1W CIF11 RS 422A Conversion Unit The CJ1W CIF11 RS 422A Conversion Unit is used to convert an RS 232C port to RS 422A 485 It is directly connected to the built in RS 232C port of the CP1E N NA type CPU Unit The Conversion Unit is not insulated so the maximum distance for RS 422A 485 is 50 m Appearance Electrical Specifications RS 422A 485 Terminal Block Signal RDA RDB l SDA SDB RDA RDB SDA SDB FG FG e RS 232C Connector Pin Signal FG RD SD CS RS 5V 8 NC SG 0V NC RS 232C port Connector pin arrangement SG 0V 9 OI NO a BR N IL o o a The hood and the connector hood to which it is connected will hav
64. Static electricity may cause operating errors 3 Expansion Connector Connected to the next Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit to enable expansion 8 1 3 Specifications CP1W AD041 Analog Input Units are connected to a CP1E CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit CP1W 20EDR1 CP1W 8ED CP1W AD041 Expansion I O Unit Expansion I O Unit Analog Input Unit O mu pon I TEE 000000 000000 000000 9 v 9 7 g 4 analog inputs Model CP1W AD041 gt Item Voltage input Current input 8 Number of analog inputs 4 inputs 4 words allocated i Input signal range 0 to 5 V 1 to 5 VOto 10 V or 10 to 10 V O to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA 2 Max rated input 15 V 30 mA External input impedance 1 MQ min Approx 250 Q Resolution 1 6000 full scale Overall accu 25 C 0 3 full scale 0 4 full scale racy 0 to 55 C 0 6 full scale 0 8 full scale A D conversion data 16 bit binary 4 digit hexadecimal E Full scale for 10 to 10 V F448 to OBB8 hex n Full scale for other ranges 0000 to 1770 hex g Averaging function Supported Set in output words n 1 and n 2 g Open circuit detection function Supported 3 Conversion time 2 ms point 8 ms all points Isolati
65. Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1W 40EDT clon CIO n 1 E Dr V clon CIO n 1 Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1W 40EDT1 clon ClO n 1 f D 4 a D 660 NC 00 01 02 04 05 07 00 02 04 05 07 NC COM COM COM 03 COM 06 COM 01 03 COM 06 Ll rer 109 19 N D J clon ClO n 1 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 23 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr swe sbeig BuulM z v SHUN O UoISUEdXZ z z v Appendices A 2 3 Expansion Units CP1W AD041 Analog Input Unit Terminal Block is not removable Wiring Diagrams Input Terminal Arrangement V IN1 Voltage input 1 LIN Current input 1 COM Input common 1 VIN2 Voltage input 2 IN2 Current input 2 COM2 Input common 2 VIN3 Voltage input 3 IN UNE VIN2 COM2 IN3 VIN4 COM4J AG INS Current input 3 COM3 Input common 3 VIN4 Voltage input 4 INA Current input 4 COM4 Input common 4 Note For current inputs short V INT to I INT V IN2 to I IN2 V IN3 to I IN3 and V INA to I INA e Wiring Methods 2 core shielded 2 core shielded twisted pair cable V LAN N device with device with voltage current output output Example IN1 VIN2 COM2 I IN3 VINA COM4 AG VIN1 COM1 I IN2 VIN3 COM3 1 IN4 NC O O O O O O
66. supply at the I O terminals within I O specifica power supply at the terminals Take tions for each Unit necessary steps to bring voltage fluc tuations within limits 3 Ambient Check the ambient tempera 0 to 55 C Use a thermometer to check the tem environment ture Inside the control panel perature and make sure that the if the PLC is in a control ambient temperature remains within panel the allowed range of 0 to 55 C Check the ambient humidity Relative humidity Use a hygrometer to check the opera inside the control panel if the must be 10 to tion humidity and ensure that the PLC is in a control panel 90 with no con ambient humidity remains between densation 10 and 90 Make sure that condensation does not occur due to rapid changes in temperature Check that the PLC is not in Not in direct sun Protect the PLC if necessary direct sunlight light Check for accumulation of No significant accu Clean and protect the PLC if neces dirt dust salt metal filings mulation sary etc Check for water oil or chemi No spray on the Clean and protect the PLC if neces cal spray PLC sary Check for corrosive or flam No corrosive or Check by smell or use a sensor mable gases in the area ofthe flammable gases PLC Check the level of vibration or Vibration and shock Install cushioning or shock absorbing shock must be within equipment if necessary specifications Check for noise sources near No significant noi
67. 05 07 09 11 00 to 11 Inputterminal NC o9 E 04 oS 08 10 NC No connection p J CIO m Output Unit Lower Terminal Block COM Common terminal 00 to 07 Output terminal o ot 02 os os o7 COM cou coul 03 cou 06 clon 40 point I O Units CP1W 40EDD Input Unit Upper Terminal Block CIO m CIO m 1 NC NC COM 01 03 05 07 09 11 01 03 05 07 09 11 NC NC 00 02 04 06 08 10 00 02 04 06 08 10 m E CIO m CIO m 1 COM Common terminal 00 to 11 Input terminal NC No connection Output Unit Lower Terminal Block CIO n CIO n 1 M Af c 00 01 02 04 05 07 00 02 04 05 07 NC cou cou com 03 cov 06 cow 01 03 cov 06 Nas E CIOn CIO n 1 COM Common terminal 00to07 Output terminal NC No connection 3 24 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions 3 2 4 I O Specifications This section describes the I O specifications common to all Expansion I O Units I O Specifications a z Input Specifications 2 CP1W 8ED 20EDR1 20EDT 20EDT1 40EDR 40EDT 40EDT1 a Item Spec
68. 20 3 2 2 Expansion Output Units sienne 3 21 3 2 3 Expansion VO UNitS icicsi T eao ee a e E a a aR araia E 3 23 3 2 4 VO EST ET LITE ce 3 25 Programming Device Applicable Programming Devices for CP1E cccesecssseeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeesesaeseeeeeeeseeeseseeeeees 4 2 4 1 1 Applicable Programming Devices sise 4 2 4 1 2 L6 C dere f ITIN RERO RR 4 3 4 1 3 Operating Environment and System Configuration 4 4 4 1 4 Features of the CX Programmer ss 4 4 4 1 5 Installing the Sotware ter rte reco ipe E isc en dee sesta suet deti ne e Eee abd 4 7 Connecting by USB cicien asana M 4 8 4 2 1 Connecting by USB iii 4 8 4 2 2 Installing the USB DriVer crecieron tirer eene caine ener eD Era ax aiaee 4 9 Installation and Wiring Fail Safe Circus see 5 2 luctum 5 3 5 2 1 installation LOCATON m 5 3 5 2 2 Unit Armangeme nt tm 5 6 5 2 3 Installaatio PER EEE ER 5 7 5 2 4 Connecting Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units eee 5 12 WIFIDQ irruit eei eee En ME SES mE So me i Do Se E aoe E PALA Et 5 14 5 3 1 Wiring Proc dure cq ie A en Dee A 5 14 5 3 2 Wiring Power Supply and Ground Lines cceeeceeeceeeeeeeneeceeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeeaeeseeeeeeessaeeeeernees 5 14 5
69. 22 8 3 3 sTerzele us cM 8 23 8 3 4 Flow of Operati On mM Et 8 29 Temperature Sensor Units m mans a 8 36 8 4 1 COVOLVIOW eoo Rene nee se Rte de a D MILD DI DITE 8 36 8 4 2 Part Names and Fu rictions iR farniente E aiment 8 36 8 4 3 sewer ne Oena ENSEN EEEE EaE 8 37 8 4 4 FIOW Of Operations ITE 8 37 8 4 5 Function Descriptions csse ot teisese ea ioare aeiee eia iaaa aiaa aaia eraai aedade 8 46 CompoBus S I O Link Units ss isnisssssnnenennseeneneennnenneeneennneeennenes 8 52 8 5 1 e EE 8 52 8 5 2 Part Na mes arid F rctiohis there eere feed bete des fente tement ans 8 52 8 5 3 Specifications iii 8 54 8 5 4 Flow Fe Kore Tcu ERE 8 54 Appendices PII rip IM A 2 A 1 1 CPU Unis E E E E E E E E E E E A 2 A 1 2 Optom Boards rae eaae E E EE EE E EE E AE EEEE EESTE A 3 A 1 3 sie Mexsncm e EE A 5 A 1 4 Expansiom UNNS A 7 Wiring Diagrams saesae KEEA AAEE EEEE EEEE EENAA ANEK A 9 A 2 1 CPU US RS ee LU IM E E a A 9 A 2 2 Expansion VO Units arisin aonne naan aaar N a ea raie EROE ie EE side annee A 17 A 2 3 Expansion Units 5 s2s tn niet aE ar RE lire neues r lt nr eL EAEE ETER A 24 A 2 4 Serial Communications usines A 30 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr
70. 6 2 6 1 2 Checking Errors 6 2 6 1 3 Checking Detailed Status 6 3 6 1 4 Reading Error Log Information 6 3 6 1 5 Types Of EMOS esse oer KAN RE Anne ee AA EU do Rum d 6 5 6 1 6 Error Processing Flowchart 6 6 6 1 7 No Operation When Power Is Supplied 6 7 6 1 8 FatallErrorS reb RLRIA Ic ARE A LIN SEE NN esp 6 7 6 1 9 CPU EIOIS ii sehicis er EIE gta dinar ne rennes 6 11 6 1 10 Non fatal Errors 2 222 zm heceriee iR IER ati ti dat naine 6 12 6 1 11 Other EltOIS cesse me dun RE R ek ga Walked pee I gen M Een dt 6 14 6 2 Troubleshooting Unit Errors 6 15 6 2 1 INPUTS cians twee sn heehee URGE ecd eben RO ant do dates 6 15 0 2 2 OUIDUIS ocn Re rere rem ren eR eR weed eee ee 6 16 6 2 3 Builtin Analog sse panne annee ste eek nk a dk Soke we RR RUE 6 17 6 2 4 CX Programmer Connection 6 18 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 6 1 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 6 Troubleshooting 6 1 Troubleshooting CPU Unit Errors This section describes how to troubleshoot errors that occur in the CP1E CPU Units 6 1 1 Errors and Remedies Use the following procedure when a
71. 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units Description of Operation CIO 2 Leftmost 3 digits of temperature data CIO 2 Rightmost 3 digits of temperature data 0111 te 1e 118 11 Bie 06e 1 106 6 If the temperature data is non negative binary data is TENUERE IE converted to BCD data 9 If temperature data is negative 8 is written here 8 1 0100 1 40000 If the temperature data is Y Y negative binary data is D103 0 1 0 0 D102 0 0 0 0 converted to BCD data W102 2 s complement data W101 2 s complement data 7 Ht 07 06 16 Ho He 1e 16 41e Binary o subtraction eee Se ee A A el 3 o o E c o o 2 o 9 c z a EN a a c 2 Q 5 Jg oO o Q 2 o D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 51 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 5 CompoBus S I O Link Units 8 5 1 Overview The CP1E CPU Unit can function as a slave to a CompoBus S Master Unit when a CP1W SRT21 Com poBus S I O Link Unit is connected The CompoBus S 1 0 Link Unit establishes an I O link of
72. 8 inputs and 8 outputs between the Master Unit and the PLC CompoBus S Master Unit 000000 000000 or SRM1 CompoBus S CP1W SRT21 Master Control Unit CompoBus S CP1E CPU Unit l O Link Unit e m ac Si d 000000 000000 SRT21 A B Special flat cable or VCTF cable From the standpoint of the CP1E CPU Unit the 8 input bits and 8 output bits allocated to the Compo Bus S I O Link Unit are identical to input and output bits allocated to Expansion I O Units even though the CompoBus S I O Link Unit does not control actual inputs and outputs i e I O is performed for I O memory in the CPU Unit to which the CompoBus S Master Unit is mounted Master PLC CS Series CP1E CPU Unit with 30 or 40 I O Points cent CompoBus S CompoBus S Master Unit I O Link Unit I O memory I O memory Node Unit No 0 number 0 Output 8 bits 8bits Input CIO 2000 gt CIO 2 Input 8 bits 8 bits Output CIO 2004 ald 9 a CIO 102 8 5 2 Part Names and Functions CP1W SRT21 CompoBus S I O Link Unit 129456 COMM LL 3 LED Indicators ERR SRT21 a EXP
73. Ambient temperature 24 VDC T 4 5 to 30 VDC Sourcing I 1 A Internal Y circuits 1 OUT I I 24 VDC 4 5 to 30 VDC 2 The fuse cannot be replaced by the user Replace the Unit if the fuse breaks due to an short circuit or overcur rent Precautions for Safe Use Do not connect a load to an output terminal or apply a voltage in excess of the maximum switch 3 28 ing capacity D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Programming Device m This section describes the features of the CX Programmer used for programming and debugging PLCs as well as how to connect the PLC with the Programming Device 4 1 Applicable Programming Devices for CPIE 4 2 4 1 1 Applicable Programming Devices 4 2 4 1 2 CX Programmer 4 3 4 1 3 Operating Environment and System Configuration 4 4 4 1 4 Features of the CX Programmer 4 4 4 1 5 Installing the Software 4 7 4 2 Connecting by USB 4 8 4 2 1 Connecting by USB 2 2 c c 00a capas bebe d eckdad m bp RETE CIE 4 8 4 2 2 Installing the USB Driver
74. COM COM Input common 1 Note For current inputs short V INO to I INO and V IN to I IN1 2 Expansion I O Connecting Cable Connected to the expansion connector of a CPU Unit or an Expansion Unit The cable is provided with the Analog I O Unit and cannot be removed Precautions for Safe Use Do not touch the cables during operation Static electricity may cause operating errors 8 22 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 3 Expansion Connector Used for connecting Expansion Units or Expansion I O Units 4 DIP Switch Used to enable or disable averaging Pin 1 Average processing for analog input 0 uu ON OFF Average processing not performed ON Average processing performed 12 Pin 2 Average processing for analog input 1 OFF Average processing not performed ON Average processing performed 8 3 3 Specifications CP1W MAD11 Analog I O Units are connected to the CP1E CPU Unit CP1W 20EDR1 CP1W 8ED CP1W MAD 1 1 CP1E CPU Unit Expansion I O Unit Expansion I O Unit Analog I O Unit a 6 m Q a amac GPIE q D onm F MAD11 Den e ise reb pre Ex Ese Pre Pie Fee
75. CP series Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit uoneinfijuo2 uejs s uo suonouiseH S e c The entire 300 mA from the external power supply can be used if Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units are not connected Refer to 2 4 1 External Power Supply Capacity When Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units are Connected for details AC power supply or DC power supply E10 14 20 N14 20 CPU Unit There is no external power supply on AC power supply or DC power supply E10 14 20 N14 20 CPU Units Restrictions by ambient temperature According to the ambient temperature there are restrictions on power supply voltage and output load current for the DC power supply CPU Units Refer to Output Specifications for Relay Outputs in 3 1 3 Common I O Specifications and in 3 2 4 I O Specifications for details Restrictions on the Number of Simultaneously ON Points Use CP1W 32ER ET ET1 32 point Output Units with the number of simultaneously ON less than 24 points 75 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 2 13 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices Mounting Restriction When connecting CP series Expansion Units or Expansion I O Units to a CPU Unit with AC power provide a space of approximately 10 mm between the CPU Unit and the first Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit CP1E CPU Unit Expansion I O Uni
76. CPU Units Revision code January 2010 June 2010 e CP1W DAO21 added for CP series Expansion Units e Information added on CP1W CIF41 Ethernet Option Board D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE Revision 1 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Authorized Distributor D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr T l 03 25 7131 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr
77. Data 8000 FED4 ov 1770 189C 7FFF Hexadecimal 300 6000 6300 Decimal D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 15 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr sun 1ndino Bojeuy z 8 suoneoyloedSs c z 8 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units 0 to 20 mA The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog current range of 0 to 20 mA The entire output range is 0 to 21 mA Conversion Data FI 4 to 20 mA Hexadecimal Decimal 1770 189C 7FFF 6000 6300 The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog current range of 4 to 20 mA The entire output range is 3 2 to 20 8 mA Conversion gt Data 8 2 4 Flow of Operation 1 2 Create a ladder program 8 16 1770 189C 7F 6000 6300 FF Hexadecimal Decimal Connect Analog Output Units Wire to analog input devices Write range code to output words CP1W DA021 Word n 1 CP1W DA041 Words n 1 n 2 Set use of outputs Select output signals using range codes Write D A conversion values to output words CP1W DA021 Words n 1 n 2 CP1W DA041 Words n 1 to n 4 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units e
78. F For this reason there may be skipping and inaccuracies in the first digit after the decimal point 0 1 C F Treat any resolution above that specified for the normal data format as reference data 8 46 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Temperature Data Partitioning and Structure Temperature Data Actual Temperature x 100 Binary mI Leftmost 3 Digits and Flags 15 14 13 12 11 8 7 4 3 0 Leftmost Temperature Open circuit Not used Rightmost Flag Unit Flag Flag Temperature data 0 Leftmost 0 C 0 Normal 5 4 3 1 Rightmost 1 9F 1 Error Always 0 x16 x16 x16 Rightmost 3 Digits and Flags 15 14 13 12 11 8 7 4 3 0 Leftmost Temperature Open circuit Not used Rightmost Flag Unit Flag Flag Temperature data 0 Leftmost 0 C 0 Normal 2 1 0 1 Rightmost EF 1 Error Always 0 x16 x16 x16 Leftmost Rightmost Flag Indicates whether the leftmost or rightmost 3 digits are provided Temperature Unit Flag Indicates whether the temperature is in C or F Open circuit Flag Turns ON 1 when an open circuit is detected The temperature data will be 7FF FFF if this flag is ON e Data Conversion Examples Example 1 Temperature 1 130 25 C x10
79. Insulation resistance 20 MQ min at 500 VDC between the external AC ter Except between DC primary current and DC secondary minals and GR terminals current Dielectric strength 2 300 VAC 50 60Hz for 1 min between AC external and Except between DC primary current and DC secondary GR terminals leakage current 5 mA max current Power interrupt time 10 ms min 2 ms min Applica Ambient operating temper 0 to 55 C tion envi ature ronment Ambient humidity 10 to 90 Atmosphere No corrosive gas Ambient storage tempera ture 20 to 75 C excluding battery Altitude 2 000 m max Pollution degree 2 or less Conforms to JIS B3502 and IEC 61131 2 Noise resistance 2 kV on power supply line Conforms to IEC61000 4 4 Overvoltage category Category Il Conforms to JIS B3502 and IEC 61131 2 EMC immunity level Zone B Vibration resistance Conforms to JIS 60068 2 6 5 to 8 4 Hz with 3 5 mm amplitude 8 4 to 150 Hz Acceleration of 9 8 m s for 100 min in X Y and Z directions 10 sweeps of 10 min each 100 min total Shock resistance Conforms to JIS 60068 2 27 147 m s 3 times in X Y and Z directions Terminal block Fixed not removable Terminal screw size M3 Applicable standards Conforms to EC Directives Grounding method 1 Total of 110 mm with mounting brackets 2 Excluding cables 3 Use the external power supply to power
80. LIABILITY OMRON SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES LOSS OF PROFITS OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY In no event shall the responsibility of OMRON for any act exceed the individual price of the product on which liability is asserted IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON BE RESPONSIBLE FOR WARRANTY REPAIR OR OTHER CLAIMS REGARDING THE PRODUCTS UNLESS OMRON S ANALYSIS CONFIRMS THAT THE PRODUCTS WERE PROPERLY HANDLED STORED INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED AND NOT SUBJECT TO CONTAMINATION ABUSE MISUSE OR INAPPROPRIATE MODIFICATION OR REPAIR 12 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Application Considerations SUITABILITY FOR USE OMRON shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards codes or regulations that apply to the combination of products in the customers application or use of the products At the customer s request OMRON will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use that apply to the products This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the products in combination with the end product machine System or other application or use Th
81. O Units CP1W 8ED Expansion I O Unit with 8 Input Points Unit mm 100 0 2 L 56 0 2 gt e 5 66 CP1W 8EU Expansion I O Units with 8 Output Points Unit mm gt g 3 o 2 o a P CP1W 16ELIL Expansion I O Units with 16 Output Points m Unit mm zl S S D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 5 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices CP1W 32ER ET ET1 Expansion I O Units with 32 Output Points Unit mm w E 7 Boy Sr or of oF of oF Jen en o j9o99000000000 000000000000 110 100 90 Laos 5oooo 32ER pud N4 64 5 8 l k 50 CP1W 20EDLIL Expansion I O Units with 20 I O Points Unit mm 5 CC T S7 T9 T1 o ow o 5 90 100 0 2 j CP1W 40EDUI0 Expansion I O Units with 40 I O Points 150 140 1 Unit mm 110 100 90 40EDR
82. RS 422A 485 interface RS 422A 485 interface co o o 5 5 5 E i E 4 o d o E a T a A m Es a u 5 T B D D B5 D 5 D D Pin 1 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 Pin 4 5 T M u P D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 33 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr suieJjBeiq BuulM z v Ssuomneoiunululo2 eleg p c v Appendices Wiring Example Using RS 422A 485 Ports with RS 485 2 wire Connections CP1E N NA type CPU Unit CP1E N NA type CPU Unit Polled Unit No 0 CJ1M CPU Unit Polled Unit No 1 Built in RS 232C port CJ1W CIF11 RS 422A Conversion Unit CP1W CIF11 RS 422A 485 Option Board CJ1W CIF11 RS 422A Conversion Unit DIP SW DIP SW DIP SW SW1 ON with terminating resistance SW1 OFF no terminating resistance SW1 ON with terminating resistance SW2 ON 2 wire connection SW2 ON 2 wire connection SW2 ON 2 wire connection SW3 ON 2 wire connection SW3 ON 2 wire connection SW3 ON 2 wire connection SW4 OFF SW4 OFF SW4 OFF SW5 OFF no RS control for RD SW5 OFF no RS control for RD SW5 OFF no RS control for RD SW6 ON with RS control for SD SW6 ON with RS control for SD SW6 ON with RS control for SD RS 422A 485 interface RS 422A 485 interface RS 422A 485 interface c
83. Range F Pn Range C Range F 0 K 200 to 1 300 300 to 2 300 Pt100 200 0 to 300 0 to 650 0 1 200 0 1 0 0 to 500 0 0 0 to 900 0 JPt100 200 0 to 300 0 to 650 0 1 200 0 2 J 100 to 850 100 to 1 500 e Cannot be set 3 0 0 to 400 0 0 0 to 750 0 4toF Cannot be set 3 Connect Temperature Sensors 1 Thermocouples a CP1W TS001 Either K or J thermocouples can be connected to the CP1W TS001 but both of the thermocouples must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for SHU 1J0sues ounjeJoduio p 8 each Input O Input 1 NC NC NC Input O Input 1 NC NC NC NC NC SO 5 eye 6 O O 9 O O O O uonejedo 10 MO 4 r v 8 Temperature input 0 RN Temperature input 1 Cold junction compensator D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 39 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units b CP1W TS002 Up to four K or J thermocouples can be connected to the CP1W TSO02 but all four of the thermocouples must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for each Input O Input 1 Input 2 Input3 NC Input O Input 1 NC NC NC Input 2 Input 3 Jo O O O
84. Relay Outputs CP1E E20DR A CP1E N20DR L1 CIO 100 OO dodd 00 01 02 03 04 05 07 COM COM NC COM NC COM 06 CIO 100 Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1E N20DT O CIO 100 00000 00 01 02 03 04 05 07 COMICOMI NC COM NC COM 06 L__ ClO 100 Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1E N20DT1 0 ClO 100 666600 Pt 30 CIO 100 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr suiejBeiq BuulM z v suu Ndd L cV Appendices CPU Units with 30 I O Points Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram All Models AC Power Supply CP1E E30DR A CP1E N30DOD A DC Power Supply CP1E N30D00 D CIO 0 CIO 1 f f etes XX d 05 dd m uM PP NR m ol o A A 00 02 04 06 08 10 00 02 04 Lt CES 01 03 05 07 o 14 01 03 05 DC Power Supply nes S al sl Ol o ji ji Ol NC N30D00 D L J Output Wiring Diagram e Relay Outputs CP1E LISODR LI CIO 100 CIO 101 S
85. Relays CP1E N30DT D supply Sinking tran 24VDC sistors CP1E N30DT1 D Sourcing transistors CPU Unit with 40 I O Points CP1E N40DR A 40 24 16 AC power Relays CP1E NAODT A supply be Sinking tran to 240 VAC sistors CP1E N40DT1 A Sourcing transistors CP1E N40DR D DC power Relays CP1E N40DT D supply Sinking tran 24VDC sistors CP1E N40DT1 D Sourcing transistors CP1E N60DR A 60 36 24 AC power Relays CP1E N60DT A supply 100 J Sinking tran to 240 VAC sistor CP1E N60DT1 A Sourcing transistor CP1E N60DR D DC power Relays CP1E N60DT D supply Sinking tran 24VDC sistor CP1E N60DT1 D Sourcing transistor NA type CPU Units Name and appearance CPU Unit with 20 I O Points and Built in Analog Model number CP1E NA20DR A CP1E NA20DT D CP1E NA20DT1 D Number of built in 1 0 Built in points analog ibid Output Number Number Sui run Total of of AD DA tions inputs outputs 20 12 8 2 1 AC power Relays supply 100 to 240 VAC DC power Sinking supply transistor 24VDC Sourcing transistor Program capacity 8K steps DM Area Current consumption capacity 5 VDC 8K words 0 18A 24 VDC 0 11A Current consumption DM Area Weight capacity 5 VDC 24 VDC 8K words 0 21A 0 07A 600g max 0 27A 0 02A 570g max 0 27A 0 02A 570g max 0 21A 0 07A 515
86. T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring AC Power Supply Wiring Use twisted pair power supply cables to prevent noise from the power supply lines Adding a 1 1 isolating transformer reduces electrical noise even further Consider the possibility of voltage drops and the allowable current and always use thick power lines Use round crimp terminals for AC power supply wiring Use a power supply within the allowable voltage fluctuation range 85 to 264 VAC e Grounding Always ground the ground terminal to 100 Q or less to protect against electric shock and incorrect operation from electrical noise f one phase of the power supply is grounded connect the grounded phase to the L2 N terminal The GR terminal is a ground terminal To prevent electrical shock use a dedicated ground line 2 mm min of 100 Q or less The line ground terminal LG is a noise filtered neutral terminal If noise is a significant source of errors or if electrical shocks are a problem connect the line ground terminal LG to the ground terminal GR and ground both with a ground resistance of 100 Q or less To prevent electrical shock when short circuiting between the LG and GR terminals always use a ground of 100 Q or less Do not connect ground lines to other devices or to the frame of a building Doing so will reverse the effectiveness of the ground and instead hav
87. VDC 124 mA max Analog Output Signal Ranges The output data is converted to analog according to the output signal range as shown below EN Additional Information When the output exceeds the specified range the output signal will be fixed at either the lower limit or upper limit D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 10 to 10 V The hexadecimal values F448 to OBB8 3000 to 3000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 10 to 10 V The entire output range is 11 to 11 V Specify the DA conversion data as the two s complement if it is a negative value H 10V F31C F448 8000 8300 3000 0000 0 gt Conversion ov OBB8 OCE4 f 3000 3300 Hexadecimal Decimal 10V 11V 0 to 10V The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 0 to 10 V The entire output range is 0 5 to 10 5 V Specify the DA conversion data as the two s complement if it is a negative value 10 5M Conversion de ov 1770 189C 7FFF Data 6000 6300 Hexadecimal Decimal 0 5 V 1to5V The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 1 to 5 V The entire output range is 0 8 to 5 2 V Conversion
88. as a sample and may not literally appear in this manual Special Information Special information in this manual is classified as follows Precautions for Safe Use Precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure using the product safely i Precautions for Correct Use Precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure proper operation and performance EN Additional Information Additional information to increase understanding or make operation easier D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Terminology and Notation Term E type CPU Unit Description A basic model of CPU Unit that support basic control applications using instructions such as basic movement arithmetic and comparison instructions Basic models of CPU Units are called E type CPU Units in this manual N type CPU Unit An application model of CPU Unit that supports connections to Programmable Terminals inverters and servo drives Application models of CPU Units are called N type CPU Units in this manual NA Type CPU Unit An application model of CPU Unit that supports built in analog and connections to Pro grammable Terminals inverters and servo drives Application models of CPU Units with built in analog are called NA type CPU Units in this manual CX Programmer A programmin
89. as shown below When switching a load with a high inrush current such as an incandescent lamp suppress the Method 1 Method 2 N P4 R bond OUT t OUT ML 4 S ANA R a COM COM Providing a dark current of approx one third of Providing a limiting resistor the rated value through an incandescent lamp D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 5 23 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Current Circuit Characteristic Required element AC DC CR method If the load is a relay or solenoid there is The capacitance of the capacitor must be mE a time lag between the moment the cir 1 to 0 5 uF per contact current of 1 A and d o0 cuit is opened and the moment the load resistance of the resistor must be 0 5 to 8 is reset 1 per contact voltage of 1 V tPower c Q If the supply voltage is 24 or 48 V insert These values however vary with the load 8 OK OK the arc killer in parallel with the load If and the characteristics of the relay z g the supply voltage is 100 to 200V insert Decide these values from experiments ee the arc killer between the contacts and take into consideration that the capacitance suppresses spark discharge when the contacts are separated and the resistance limits the current that flows into the load when the circuit is closed again The dielectric strength of the c
90. be allocated and directly linked to various PT func tions including status control areas status notification areas touch switches lamps memory tables and other objects Serial PLC Links Up to 10 words of data per Unit can be shared between up to nine CPU Units one polling unit and eight polled units APT cannot be conneected Modbus RTU Easy Master function Modbus RTU commands are sent by the Modbus RTU Master function Mod bus slaves such as inverters can be easily controlled with serial communica tions Interrupt Scheduled interrupts Tasks can be executed at a specified interval 1 0 ms min Unit 0 1 ms Input interrupts Interrupt tasks are processed when the built in input turns ON or OFF High speed counter interrupts This function counts input pulses with the CPU Unit s built in high speed counter and executes an interrupt task when the count reaches the preset value or falls within a preset range target value or zone comparison 1 12 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 1 Overview and Specifications Function Description Power sup Memory protection Holding Area data DM Area data Counter Completion Flags and Counter ply man Present Values are held even when power is turned OFF agement This function is valid only when an optional battery is mounted Number of power
91. by the CPU Unit Error code storage word The error code is stored in A400 when an error occurs Error flags Flags that indicate the type of error are allocated in the Auxiliary Area Error information There are words in the Auxiliary Area that provide specific information on the meaning of error flags and information on the error location and error details S10113 HUN nd2 Bunoousejqnoi 1 9 Not lit X Flashing X Lit COM Error built in information Error Opera Error PowER RUN FRR quu pRPHL BKup P9232C code Error tion ALM communi in A400 flag Status o cations Error Word E status lt Power supply error e e oO Oo e e Opera E Not lit Notlit Notlit Notlit Notlit 7 Not lit T men o stops m CPU error WDT x e X Opera 3 error 1 Lit Not lit Lit tion d stops Peripheral USB port x x e e Opera communications Lit Lit Not lit Not lit tion con error tinues Built in RS 232C ot x e e Opera port communica Lit Lit Not lit Not lit tion con tions error tinues Fatal Memory x e x Ox80F 1 A401 15 Memory A403 Opera errors error Lit Not lit Lit Error tion 1 2 l Location stops I O bus error Ox80CA A401 14 Always A404 Ox0A0A Too many Ox80E1 A401 11 Always A407 I O points 0x4000 error Program Ox80FO A401 09 Program A294 error Error t
92. circuit cannot be connected directly to a transistor output because of the transistor s residual voltage Connect a TTL Unit through a CMOS IC It is necessary to connect a pull up resistor for a transistor output Precautions on Inrush Current When connecting a transistor or triac output to a load having a high inrush current such as an incandescent lamp steps must be taken to avoid damage to the transistor or triac Use either of the following methods to reduce the inrush current Method1 Method2 N R by 7 o x SYSMAC CP1E R Fa SYSMAC CP1E COM COM Providing a dark current of approx one third of the Installing a limiting resistor rated value through an incandescent lamp D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring 5 3 4 Wiring Safety and Noise Controls I O Signal Wiring Whenever possible place I O signal lines and power lines in separate ducts or conduits both inside and outside of the control panel 1 0 cables Power lines Floor ducts Conduit Suspended ducts When wiring in the same duct use shielded cables and connect the shields to the GR terminal to reduce noise Inductive Loads When an inductive load is connected to an I O Unit connect a surge protector or diode in parallel with the l
93. controllers boards j Host Controller 24D2 amp Intel R 82801EB USB Uni amp amp Intel R 82801EB USB Uni amp Intel R 82801EB USB Universal Host amp Intel R 8280168 LISB2 Enhanced Host Controller 241 Jm da ii i a ll USB Root Hub amp amp USE Root Hub amp amp USB Root Hub 6 Close the Device Manager Dialog Box and System Properties Dialog Box If OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device does not appear reinstall the USB driver Uninstalling the USB Driver If the USB driver installation fails for some reason or is cancelled in progress the USB driver must be reinstalled First check whether installation failed 1 Display the Device Manager on the computer If USB Device is displayed for Other Devices it means that the USB driver installation has failed 2 Right click on USB Device and select Delete to delete the driver Reinsert the USB cable to display the USB driver installation dialog box Install the driver following the instructions again 4 14 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 4 Programming Device Re installing the USB Driver 1 Right click OMRON PLC under Uni versal Serial Bus controllers and OMRON PLC Properties select Properties The properties will OT be displayed op OMRON PLC Device type Universal Serial Bus controllers Manufacturer Unknown L
94. current inputs even if the same power supply is used D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 3 Create the ladder program 1 Allocating I O Words Four input words and two output words are allocated from the next words following the last I O words allocated to the CPU Unit or an existing Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit Words m 1 to m 4 Analog Input Unit Words n 1 n 2 2 Writing Set Data Write the settings for input use averaging use and range codes for words n 1 and n 2 When the set data is transferred from the CPU Unit to the Analog Input Unit the A D con version will be started 15 8 7 6 5 43 2 1 0 wd n 1 JoJo o olololo oo Even if analog inputs Analog input 2 Analog input 1 are not used bits 15 in words n 1 and n 2 must be set to 1 15 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Wd n 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m Even if analog inputs Analog input4 Analog input 3 are not used bits 15 in words n 1 and n 2 must be set to 1 e Set Data sun 1ndu Bojeuy 1 8 eu Range code Analog input signal range 00 10 to 10 V 01 0 to 10V 4 10 1to5Vor4to
95. indicators Input status is displayed An indicator will be ON when the input is ON a Expansion connector CP series Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units can be connected Refer to 5 2 4 Connecting Expansion 1 0 Units and Expansion Units Terminal Arrangements The first word of input words allocated to the Expansion Input Unit is indicated by CIO m Input Terminal Arrangement Unit Upper Terminal Block Unit Lower Terminal Block COM 01 03 04 06 V J CIO m Note COM terminals are connected inside 3 20 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions 3 2 2 Expansion Output Units Part Names and Functions 8 point Output Units 16 point Output Units i CP1W 8ER 8ET 8ET1 CP1W 16ER ET ET1 m S o 2 o Q S Output terminals 7 Output terminals s 5 pesi cd one M put l indi connecting cable aes Output indicators Output indicators e Expansion connector e Expansion connector S Output indi
96. input Voltage output Connection to input 1 for current input TT Current output CP1W TS001 TS002 TS101 TS102 Temperature Sensor Units Terminal Block is not removable Wiring Diagrams Connecting a Thermocouple e CP1W TSO01 One or two K or J thermocouples can be connected to the CP1W TS001 Both of the thermocouples must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for each Example Input O Input 1 NC NC NC Input 0 Input 1 NC NC NC i NC 5 0 6 1 6 61 6 O O O O O O O Temperature input 0 lt Cold junction compensator Temperature input 1 A 28 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices Wiring Diagrams e CP1W TS002 One to four K or J thermocouples can be connected to the CP1W TS002 All of the thermocouples must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for each Example Input O Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 NC Input O Input 1 NC NC NC Input 2 Input 3 o O a O Temperature input 0 Temperature T Connecting a Platinum Re
97. input devices Do not use it to drive output devices 4 This is the rated value for the maximum system configuration Use the following formula to calculate power consumption for CPU Units with DC power Formula DC power consumption 5V current consumption x 5 V 70 internal power efficiency 24V current consumption x 1 1 current fluctuation factor The above calculation results show that a DC power supply with a greater capacity is required D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE Ground to 1000 or less T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 1 Overview and Specifications 1 3 2 Characteristics The following table gives the characteristics of CP1E CPU Units CP1E ELILIDEI CI Item Program capacity 2K steps 8 KB including the symbol table comments and program indices of the CX Programmer CP1E NOODO O CP1E NADODO 0 8K steps 32 KB including the symbol table com ments and program indices of the CX Programmer Control method Stored program method VO control method Cyclic scan with immediate refreshing Program language Ladder programs Instructions Approximately 200 Processing speed Overhead process 0 4 ms ing time Instruction execu Basic instructions 1 19 us tion times Special instructions 7 9 us Number of CP1W series Expansion I O CP1E E10DLI LI L114DLI LI LI20DLI L1 N
98. installing driver software for your device Ask me again later Windows will ask again the next time you plug in your device or log on E V Don t show this message again for this device Your device will not function until you install driver software Cancel The following dialog box will be dis played Select I don t have the disc round eu Hardware OMRoN PLC Show me other options Insert the disc that came with your OMRON PLC If you have the disc that came with your device insert it now Windows will automatically search the disc for driver software I don t have the disc Show me other options 4 The following dialog box will be dis played Click the Browse Button 2 round New Hardware OMRON PLC specify the following location and then click the Next Button Browse for driver software on your computer C Program Files OMRON CX Search for driver software in this location Server USB wind2000_XP Inf ST AUSB Win 2000 F Include subfolders ETE 4 12 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 4 Programming Device Ignore the following dialog box if itis y css displayed and select Install this driver software anyway Don t install this driver software You should check your manufacturer s website for u
99. interruptions counter The number of times power has been interrupted is counted Debugging Online editing The program can be changed during operation in MONITOR mode or PRO GRAM mode Force set reset Specified bits can be set or reset Differentiate monitoring ON OFF changes in specified bits can be monitored Storing the stop position at errors The location and task number where execution stopped for a program error is recorded Program check The programs can be checked for items such as no END instruction and FALS FAL errors at startup Self diag Error Log Details and the time of occurance of error codes predefined by the CPU Unit nosis and are stored restoration CPU error detection CPU Unit WDT errors are detected User defined failure diagnosis Errors can be generated for user specified conditions Non fatal errors FAL and fatal errors FALS Load OFF function The built in outputs Expansion I O Unit outputs and Expansion Unit outputs are turned OFF Non fatal error System FAL error detection detection User defined non fatal error This function generates a non fatal FAL error when the user defined condi tions are met in program Backup memory error detection This function detects when data in the backup memory built in EEPROM that stores the ladder program is corrupted PLC Setup error detection This function detects setting errors in the PLC Setup Option Board errors This fu
100. loma e Protective ground terminal NC 00 02 04 06 NC NC COM Common terminal 00 to 07 Input terminal NC No connection CP1E N20DLI D CIO 0 R com ot 03 05 07 09 11 Power supply terminal Protective ground terminal NC 00 02 04 06 08 10 COM Common terminal 00 to 11 Input terminal NC No connection 3 A D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions Output Arrangement AC Power Supply and DC Power Supply CP1E E10DLI LI oo 01 02 03 COM Common terminal 00 to 03 Output terminal COM COM NC COM NC NC No connection CIO 100 CP1E LHADLI LI COM Common terminal 00 to 05 Output terminal NC No connection COM COM NC COM NC COM NC CIO 100 CP1E LI20DLI LI SHUN Nd9 L E COM Common terminal 00 to 07 Output terminal o COM COM NC COM NC COM 06 NC No connection rx CIO 100 m e N eo 9 e A N e Oo v c c gt o D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 3 5 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions 3 1 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units Part Names and Functions Input terminal O block
101. maximum switch ing capacity Excess voltage or loads may result in burning Disconnect the functional ground terminal when performing withstand voltage tests Not discon necting the functional ground terminal may result in burning D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Be sure that all the PLC terminal screws and cable connector screws are tightened to the torque specified in the relevant manuals The tightening torque for the terminals on the CP1W CIF11 CIF12 terminal block is 0 28 N m Incorrect tightening torque may result in malfunction The following devices can be connected to pin 6 5V on the built in RS 232C port on the CPU Unit or the RS 232C Option Board CP1W CIF01 mounted to the CPU Unit Do not connect pin 6 to any other device RS 422A CJ1W CIF11 Conversion Adapter e RS 232C RS 422A NT ALOO1 Conversion Adapter e NV3W MLI20L Programmable Terminal Use the cables that are specified in the manual for each device External devices or the CPU Unit may be damaged if a commercially available RS 232C computer cable is used Do not pull on the cables or bend the cables beyond their natural limit Doing either of these may break the cables Do not place objects on top of the cables or other wiring lines Doing so may break the cables Handling To initialize the DM Area back up the initial conten
102. not turn OFF the power supply to the Unit while data is being transferred When transporting or storing Units or Board static electricity can destroy LSIs or ICs Cover the PCBs with a conductive material and maintain the specified storage temperature Do not touch circuit boards or the components mounted to them with your bare hands There are sharp leads and other parts on the boards that may cause injury if handled improperly Double check the pin numbers when assembling and wiring the connectors Never short circuit the positive and negative terminals of a battery or charge disassemble heat or incinerate the battery Do not subject the battery to strong shocks or deform the battery by applying pressure Doing any of these may result in leakage rupture heat generation or ignition of the battery Dispose of any battery that has been dropped on the floor or otherwise subjected to excessive shock Batteries that have been subjected to shock may leak if they are used Dispose of the product and batteries according to local ordinances as they apply X ND pa T ELA UL standards require that only an experienced engineer can replace the battery Make sure that an experienced engineer is in charge of battery replacement Follow the procedure for battery replacement given in this manual The following precaution must be displayed on all products that contain a lithium primary battery containing at least 6 ppb of perchlorate and that wil
103. oO o Elo g a o z lt a lt a l 4 amp Q Q Q Q LL Q Q Q Q LL Q Q Q Q u 5 t t 7 n 5 tr t N 7 5 t a n 7 5 7 a Pin 1 2 3 4 5 Pin 1 2 3 4 5 Pin 1 2 3 4 A 34 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices A 3 Wiring for Serial Communications A 3 1 Recommended RS 232C Wiring Recommended RS 232C Wiring We recommend the following wiring method for the RS 232C especially in environments prone to noise 1 Use shielded twisted pair cables for the communications cables e Recommended RS 232C Cables Model numbers Manufacturer UL2464 AWG28x5P IFS RVV SB UL product Fujikura Ltd AWG28x5P IFVV SB non UL product UL2464 SB MA 5Px28AWG 7 0 127 UL product Hitachi Cable CO MA VV SB 5Px28AWG 7 0 127 non UL product Ltd 2 Combine a signal wire and SG signal ground wire in a twisted pair cable At the same time bundle the SG wires at the connectors on Option Board and the remote device 3 Connect the shield of the communications cable to the hood FG of the RS 232C connector on the Option Board At the same time ground the ground terminal GR of the CPU Unit to 100 Q or less Connection Example Example Twisted pair Cable Connecting SD SG and RD SG Terminals in Host Link Mode suoneoiunuiuo jenas 10 BUI Y
104. photomicrosensor or other device Built in input 1 O refresh Cycle time P dil it Mag HOM Input bit R i El g 222222 RE O Input bit ba ON for one scan in the next cycle Cycle time Can read ON signals shorter than this time Note The user setting in the PLC Setup determines if each input is a quick response input normal input interrupt input or high speed counter input 1 4 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 1 Overview and Specifications mi 4 o Input Interrupts 7 AE m An interrupt task can be started when a built in input turns ON or turns OFF Oo E lt Up to six interrupt inputs can be used S input OT Interrupt input A 8 Built in input 6 Q Interrupt task Ladd 15 i T Interrupt occurs APS ER PORLAN 8 9 D p 4 PU g 3 D o Note The user setting in the PLC Setup determines if each input is a quick response input normal input interrupt input or high speed counter input Complete High speed Counter
105. points CP1E O130DD D 90mm x 86mm x 130mm o CPU Unit with 40 I O points CP1E O40DO L 90mm x 85mm x 150mm E CPU Unit with 60 I O points CP1E N60DLI LI 90mm x 85mm x 195mm CPU Unit with 20 I O points and built in analog CP1E NA20DD L 90mm x 85mm 2 x 130mm o Weight CPU Unit with 10 I O points CP1E E10DLI LI 300g max E CPU Unit with 14 I O points CP1E L114DLI L1 360g max CPU Unit with 20 I O points CP1E LI20DLI L1 370g max 5 CPU Unit with 30 I O points CP1E 030D0 0O 600g max T CPU Unit with 40 I O points CP1E 040D0 0 660g max CPU Unit with 60 I O points CP1E N60DLI L1 850g max CPU Unit with 20 I O points and built in analog CP1E NA20DLI LI 680g max Electri Supply voltage 100 to 240 VAC 50 60 Hz 24 VDC Fal spec Operating voltage range 85 to 264 VAC 20 4 to 26 4 VDC Power consumption 15 VA 100 VAC max CP1E E10D0 A 014D0O A 9W max CP1E E10D0 D 25 VA 240 VAC max 020D0 A 13W max CP1E N14D0 D N20D0 D 50 VA 100 VAC max CP1E NA20DLI A LI30DH 20W max CP1E NA20D0 D N30DO D N40D0 D 70 VA 240 VAC max NEI4ODET A N60DLT A N60D0 D 4 Inrush current 120 VAC 20 A for 8 ms max for cold start at room temperature 24 VDC 30A for 20 ms max for cold start at room temperature 240 VAC 40 A for 8 ms max for cold start at room temperature External power supply 3 Not provided CP1E E10D00 A 014D0 A 020D0 A Not provided 24 VDC 300 mA CP1E NA20DLI A LISODLI A LD40DLI A N60DLI A
106. power turns ON 0002 After 0 1 to 0 2 s 100 to 200 ms the input for TIM 5 will turn ON and the converted T5 data from analog input 0 that is stored in CIO 2 will be transferred to DO MOV 8 34 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 6 Handling Unit Errors When an error occurs in the Analog I O Unit analog input data will be 0000 and 0 V or O mA will be output as the analog output If a CPU error or an I O bus error fatal errors occurs at the CPU Unit and the analog output is set to 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA 0 V or 0 mA will be output For any other fatal errors at the CPU Unit 1 V or 4 mA will be output Expansion Unit and Expansion I O Unit errors are output to bits O to 5 of word A436 The bits are allocated from A436 00 in order starting from the Unit nearest the CPU Unit Use these flags in the program when it is necessary to detect errors 7 Programming Example Analog input 0 0 to 10 V Analog input 1 4 to 20 mA Analog output 0 to 10 V First Cycle Flag A200 11 Writes the range code 8051 to the Unit Always ON Flag P On Execution TS condition Reads analog input 0 s converted value Execution TS condition Reads analog input 1 s converted value Execution T9 condition The content of D10 is written to the
107. result in a shorter Battery life ER Additional Information The Battery error will be cleared automatically the next time the CPU Unit is turned ON after replacing the Battery D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units gemi This section describes the Analog Input Unit Analog Output Unit Temperature Sensor Units CompoBus S I O Link Unit and Expansion I O Units 8 1 Analog Input Units 8 2 8 1 1 OVerVIBW oou E E xd ERR CHEER MP a 8 2 8 1 2 Part Names and Functions 8 2 8 1 3 Specifications oscc reve EIE eic Dot eed eee ee ee 8 3 8 1 4 Flow of Operation 8 6 8 2 Analog Output Units 8 12 8 2 1 OVEIVIEW sss med Bec ne MER hos UAR AL i ae 8 12 8 2 2 Part Names and Functions 8 12 8 2 3 Specifications ve evs ya ease sea m re een eR CY 8 13 8 2 4 Flow of Operation 8 16 9 3 Analog VO Unils leid lcu or ee xe BRUT E Re E m 8 22 8 3 1 OvervieW saecla siye deed Gove wee Y PSU RAW 4 Y ox ades 8 22 8 3 2 Part Names and Functions 8 22 8 3 3 Specificat
108. sure to provide proper ambient con ditions as well as access for operation and maintenance uogeoo uoyejesu L 2 G Installation Orientation When installing the CP1E in a control panel it must be installed with the side with indicators and communications ports facing the front to ensure proper heat dissipation OK D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 5 3 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring Not possible nr t Len 0 N pm m Accessibility for Operation and Maintenance To ensure safe access for operation and maintenance separate the PLC as much as possible from high voltage equipment and moving machinery The PLC will be easiest to install and operate if it is mounted at a height of 1 0 to 1 6 m above the floor N WARNING Do not touch the power supply or the area around the I O terminals while power is being supplied or immediately after power has been turned OFF Doing so may result in burns l Precautions for Correct Use After the power supply has been turned OFF wait until the PLC has sufficiently cooled before touching it 5 4 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winsto
109. temperature input range Make the setting according to the specifications of the temperature sensors that are connected 4 Expansion I O Connecting Cable Connected to the expansion connector of a CP1E CPU Unit or an Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit The cable is included with the Temperature Sensor Unit and cannot be removed Precautions for Safe Use Do not touch the cables during operation Static electricity may cause operating errors 5 Expansion Connector Used for connecting Expansion Units or Expansion I O Units 8 36 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion l O Units 8 4 3 Specifications A CP1W TSLILIL Temperature Sensor Unit can be connected to a CP1E CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit CP1W 20EDR1 CP1W 8ED CP1W TS 000 Expansion I O Unit Expansion I O Unit Temperature Sensor Unit a o Q o E a hcnoo zavkon 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 FL rene Er sil 3g E d j Com QO OMRON BB
110. the output device do not match those of the CP1E CPU Unit e g input signal range input impedance 3 Outputs are inconsistent The output signals are being affected Try changing the shielded cable con D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE by external noise nection e g the grounding at the output device 6 17 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 6 Troubleshooting 6 2 4 CX Programmer Connection Use the following procedure if the CX Programmer cannot connect to the PLC Connecting via the Peripheral USB Port The CX Programmer cannot connect Is the USB cable securely connected Insert the cable all the way in at both the personal computer and at the CPU Unit Can the CX Programmer be connected online Yes End Set the CX Programmer network type to USB Is the CX Programmer network type set to USB Can the CX Yes Programmer be connected online No Replace the USB cable D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 6 18 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Maintenance and Inspection SSS This section describes periodic inspections the service life of the Battery and how to replace the Battery
111. to 1 500 VDC meet the required safety standards for the PLC EN 61131 2 Conformance to EC Directives The CP1E PLCs comply with EC Directives To ensure that the machine or device in which the CP1E PLC is used complies with EC Directives the PLC must be installed as follows The CP series PLC must be installed within a control panel CP series PLCs complying with EC Directives also conform to EN61131 2 Radiated emission characteristics 10 m regulations may vary depending on the configuration of the control panel used other devices connected to the control panel wiring and other conditions You must there fore confirm that the overall machine or equipment complies with EC Directives A SYSMAC CP series PLC is a class A product for an industrial environment In residential areas it may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures to reduce interference Trademarks 24 SYSMAC is a registered trademark for Programmable Controllers made by OMRON Corporation CX One is a registered trademark for Programming Software made by OMRON Corporation Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Other system names and product names in this document are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e f
112. to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog current range of 4 to 20 mA The entire output range is 3 2 to 20 8 mA L L 1770 8000 FEDO 0 mA 6000 6300 Hexadecimal Decimal 189C i Conversion Data Other Functions Averaging Function for Analog Inputs The averaging function can be enabled for inputs using the DIP switch The averaging function out puts the average a moving average of the last eight input values as the converted value Use this function to smooth inputs that vary at a short interval Open circuit Detection Function for Analog Inputs The open circuit detection function is activated when the input range is set to 1 to 5 V and the volt age drops below 0 8 V or when the input range is set to 4 to 20 mA and the current drops below 3 2 mA When the open circuit detection function is activated the converted data will be set to 8 000 The time for enabling or clearing the open circuit detection function is the same as the time for con verting the data If the input returns to the convertible range the open circuit detection is cleared automatically and the output returns to the normal range 8 28 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 3 4 Flow of Operation 1 A Connect the Unit Set analog input
113. to verify its compatibility with Windows XP is testing is i I Continuing your installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the hardware vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing Continue Anyway STOP Installation 5 The following dialog box will be dis played if the installation is completed normally Click the Finish Button Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard Found New Hardware Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for e OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device Click Finish to close the wizard D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 4 11 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 4 Programming Device Installing a Specified USB Driver If the USB driver cannot be installed automatically use the following procedure to install it e Windows Vista 1 Turn ON the power supply to the PLC and connect the peripheral USB port on the PLC to the personal computer using a USB cable 2 The following dialog box will be dis E Found New Hardware E played Select Locate and install driver software Recommended ae re to install driver software for your Locate and install driver software recommended Windows will guide you through the process of
114. use this manual together with the CP1E CPU Unit Software User s Man ual Cat No W480 CS CJ CP NSJ Series W342 CS1G H CPULILIH To learn communica Describes nderit pi CS1G H CPULILI V1 NEL for 1 C mode commands and mands Reference Man 2 FINS commands in detail ual CS1D CPUOOH series Controllers in i CS1D CPUONS detail Read this manual for details on C mode and FINS commands addressed to CPU Units CS1W SCULILI V1 CS1W SCBLILI V1 Note This manual describes commands addressed to CPU Units It does not cover commands addressed to other Units or ports e g CJ1G H CPULIHIH serial communications ports on CPU Units communications ports CJ1G CPULILIP on Serial Communications Units Boards and other Communica tions Units CJ1M CPULILI CJ1G CPULILI CJ1W SCULILI V1 SYSMAC CP Series W461 CP1L L10DLI LI To learn the basic Describes the following information for CP1L CP1E CPU Unit CP1L L14D0 O setup methods of the CP1L CP1E PLCs Introduction Manual CP1L L2000 0 CPIL CPIE PLCs Basic configuration and component names CP1L M30p0 0 Mounting and wiring Programming data transfer and debugging CPE MORES using the CX Programmer CP1L MeoDE H Application program examples CP1E EOODO O CP1E NOODO O CP1E NADODO O D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 25 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Overview and Specifications This section giv
115. value of A642 or A643 within a range of 0 to 255 Operation indicators The CPU Unit s operating status can be confirmed with this indicator Refer to CPU Unit Status Indicators Page 3 3 6 Output terminals Loads such as lamps contactors and solenoid valves can be connected Power supply input termi Power of 100 to 240 VAC or 24 VDC can be supplied nals Ground terminal Protective ground y To prevent electric shock ground to 100 O or less 9 Input terminals Input devices such as switches and sensors can be connected Output indicators yellow Output status is displayed An indicator will be ON when the output is ON a Output terminal block This is the terminal block for outputs such as relay outputs and transistor outputs a2 Battery cover for N type A Battery can be installed by opening the cover The Battery is optional CPU Units a3 Built in RS 232C com This indicator will be flashing when the built in RS 232C port is in commu munications status indi nication mode cator da Built in RS 232C port for By connecting a PT the controlled system can be monitored and data can N type CPU Units be collected D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions CPU Unit Status Indicators e Not lit Wx Flashing xy Lit
116. www d3e fr A 3 Wiring for Serial COMMUNICATIONS nssnsrrrrnnenensnneensnennenneneensnnennnnneennnes A 35 A 3 1 Recommended RS 232C Wiring sisi A 35 A 3 2 Recommended RS 422A 485 Wiring sise A 38 A 3 3 Converting the Built in RS 232C Port to RS 422A 485 ssssssseeeeeneeneeeneennns A 39 A 3 4 Reducing Electrical Noise for External Wiring n A 43 ho gm Index 1 Revision H StOTY C Revhist 1 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 11 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Read and Understand this Manual Please read and understand this manual before using the product Please consult your OMRON representative if you have any questions or comments Warranty and Limitations of Liability WARRANTY OMRON s exclusive warranty is that the products are free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year or other period if specified from date of sale by OMRON OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS ANY BUYER OR USER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BUYER OR USER ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE OMRON DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LIMITATIONS OF
117. 0 113025 Temperature Data 01B981 hexadecimal for 113025 SHU 1J0sues ounjejoduio p 8 Leftmost 3 Digits and Flags Flags x165 x16 x16 Bits 15 14 13 12 111008 071004 03 to 00 Data 0101010 0 1 B 0 0 1 B N ea orma Flags Temperature m Leftmost data A a Rightmost 3 Digits and Flags mn c 2 Flags x16 x16 x16 5 Bits 15 14 13 12 11to08 07 to 04 0 Jg Data 0 9 8 1 gt 8 9 8 1 8 El Li Des Flags a Temperature S data o Rightriost D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 47 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion l O Units Example 2 Temperature 100 12 C x100 10012 Temperature Data FFD8E4 hexadecimal for 10012 Leftmost 3 Digits and Flags Flags x165 x164 x16 Bits 15 14 13 12 11t008 07 to 04 03 to 00 Data ololo o F F D 0 F F D _ E Nomai Flags Temperature Leftmost Rightmost 3 Digits and Flags Flags x16 x16 x16 Bits 15 14 13 12 11t008 07 to 04 03 to 00 Data 1 0 0 0 8 E 4
118. 0 000 Hz to 32 000 kHz Output mode Continuous Mode Built in analog Analog input Analog output Analog function not included Setting range 0 to 6 000 2 channels only for NA type Setting range 0 to 6 000 1 channel only for NA type Analog adjusters 2 adjusters Setting range 0 to 255 Commu B type peripheral USB port Conforming to USB 2 0 B type connector hors Transmission 5 m max distance 1 10 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Item Communica Built in RS 232C port Communica tions method tions Synchroniza tion Baud rate Transmission distance Supported protocol 1 Overview and Specifications CP1E NOODO O CP1E NADODO O0 Interface Conforms to EIA RS 232C Half duplex CP1E ELILIDEI E1 No built in RS 232C port Start stop 1 2 2 4 4 8 9 6 19 2 38 4 57 6 or 115 2 kbps 15 m max Host Link e TN NT Link No protocol mode Serial PLC Links master slave e Modbus RTU Easy Master Serial option port Mountable Option Boards Communica tions method Synchroniza tion Baud rate Compatible protocols 1 port Option Board can be mounted only to N30 40 60 and NA20 CPU Units Option Board cannot be mounted One RS 232C port CP1W C
119. 00 to 3 000 The range of data that can be converted is F31C to OCE4 hex 3 300 to 3 300 A negative voltage is expressed as a two s complement Voltages in the 0 to 10 V range correspond to hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6 000 The range of data that can be converted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 A negative voltage is expressed as a two s complement Voltages in the 0 to 5 V range correspond to hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6 000 The range of data that can be converted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 A negative voltage is expressed as a two s complement Voltages in the 1 to 5 V range correspond to hexa decimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6 000 The range of data that can be converted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 Voltage in the range of 0 8 to 1 V is expressed as a two s complement If an input is below the range i e less than 0 8 V the open circuit detection function is activated and the data becomes 8 000 8 4 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 0 to 20 mA Inputs Currents in the 0 to 20 mA range correspond to Converisd data hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6 000 bu Decimal The range of data that can be converted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 A negative current is expressed as a two s co
120. 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 6 Troubleshooting Checking Error Status with the CX Programmer Use the following procedure to read the error status 1 Place the CX Programmer online with the CPU Unit 2 Double click Error Log in the project tree in the main window The PLC Errors Window will be displayed Click the Errors Tab The current errors will be dis played on the Errors Tab Page By PLC Errors NewPLC1 5 xi Fie Options Help Errors Error Log Messages tem Code Stt Desk 301 Ox80F1 Fatal Memory Error Clear All CPIE N40 Monitor Clock Not Monitoring S10113 HUN Nd9 Bunoousejqnoij 1 9 6 1 3 Checking Detailed Status You can check detailed error status using information registered in the Auxiliary Area The following error details are registered The error code is stored in A400 for all errors If two or more errors occur at the same time the highest most serious error code will be stored in A400 Area Description o Error flags The Auxiliary Area contains flags that indicate the type of error 49 Error information is provided for various types of error o 2 Error information The Auxiliary Area contains words that provide detailed information on current errors 3 Error information is provided for various types of error a Error code The Auxiliary Area contain a word that provides a code that descr
121. 15 OFF OFF Bit A500 15 is ON Not all outputs turn OFF Output circuit is faulty Replace Unit Output of a specific bit 1 Output ON time is too short because of Correct program to increase the number does not turn ON a mistake in programming time that the output is ON and indicator is not lit 2 Bit status controlled by multiple instruc Correct program so that each tions in a ladder program output bit is controlled by only one instruction 3 Faulty output circuit Replace Unit 4 Output of a specific bit 1 Faulty output device Replace output device number does not turn ON 2 Break in output wiring Check output wiring indicator lit 3 Loose terminal block screws Tighten screws 4 Faulty output bit relay output only Replace Unit 5 Faulty output circuit Replace Unit 5 Output of a specific bit 1 Faulty output bit relay output only Replace Unit number does not turn OFF 2 Bit does not turn OFF due to leakage Replace external load or add indicator is not lit current or residual voltage dumny resistor 6 Output of a specific bit 1 Bit status controlled by multiple instruc Correct the ladder program number does not turn OFF tions in ladder program indicator lit 2 Faulty output circuit Replace Unit 7 Output irregularly turns 1 Low or unstable load voltage Adjust load voltage to within ON OFF rated range 2 Bit status controlled by multiple instruc Correct program so that each tions in la
122. 2 3 Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit 2 3 1 Expandable CPU Units iii 2 3 2 Connection Methods ciconia cre ne Fe inertes Fea ea pa Era Be ugue eadem ra urate 2 3 3 Maximum Number of I O Points for an Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit 2 3 4 Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units essseeeeeeeeneen 2 3 5 Restrictions on System Configuration 2 4 Unit Current Consumption and External Power Supply Capacity 2 4 1 External Power Supply Capacity When Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units are Connected ss 2 4 2 Current COnsumpliob 35 5 x arie or Pr rni DR ERR HER EBO e DO nie eene iE tU reu ec lie 8 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Section 3 3 1 3 2 Section 4 4 1 Section 5 5 1 5 2 Section 6 6 1 Part Names and Functions eI M f 3 2 3 1 1 E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units sssssssssssessseseeeen ene nnennnnemnennenrnener rennen 3 2 3 1 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units iii 3 6 3 1 3 Common I O Specifications nennen nennen nnne neret nnne 3 10 3 1 4 Optional Serial Communications Port for N NA type CPU Units 3 16 I3 GEIRCIIHeRU cp 3 20 3 2 1 Expansion Input Unit s inner eis ede de ee ee 3
123. 20mA 11 0 to 5 V or 0 to 20 mA S Averaging 9 0 No oO 1 Yes a o Input use 0 No 1 Yes The Analog Input Unit will not start converting analog I O values until the range code has been written The conversion data will be 0000 until the range code is written Once the settings have been made it is not possible to change the settings while power is being supplied to the CPU Unit To change the range code or other settings turn the CPU Unit OFF then ON again 3 Averaging Set whether averaging is to be used for set data When the averaging bit is set to 1 the average moving average for the past eight inputs is output as conversion data D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 9 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units 4 Reading Analog Input Conversion Values The ladder program can be used to read the memory area words where the converted val ues are stored With word m as the last input word allocated to the CPU Unit or an already connected Expansion Unit the A D conversion data will be output to the following words m 1 to m 4 5 Startup Operation After the power is turned ON it will require two cycle times plus approximately 50 ms before the first conversion data is stored in the input words Therefore create a program as shown below so that when operation begin
124. 22A 485 port Maximum transmission distance 500 m Ethernet Option Board CP1W CIF41 Mounted in the option slot of an N30 40 60 or 0 130A 23g version 2 0 or NA20 CPU Unit and can be used as an Ether higher net port Maximum transmission distance 100 m dis tance between the hub and the node Battery CP1W BATO1 Mounted in an N NA type CPU Unit Mount the Battery to an N NA type CPU Unit if data in the following areas need to be retained after a power interruption DM Area D excluding words backed up to the EEPROM using the DM backup func tion Holding Area H Counter Present Values and Completion Flags C Auxiliary Area related to clock function A A Battery cannot be mounted to an E type CPU Unit Note The CP1W MEO5M Memory Cassette CP1W DAMO 1 LCD Option Board and CP1W CIF41 Ethernet Option Board ver sion 1 0 cannot be used with the CP1E CPU Unit D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 2 7 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices Installation and Wiring Products Name and appearance Model number Specifications and application DIN Track PFP 50N Track length 50 cm Height 7 3 mm PFP 100N Track length 1 m Height 7 3 mm PFP 100N2 Track length 1 m Height 16 mm PFP M Stopper to prevent Units from moving on the DIN Trac
125. 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units 8 20 3 4 Writing Analog Output Set Values The ladder program can be used to write data to the output word where the set value is stored When n is the last output word allocated to the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit the output words will be n 1 to n 2 for CP1W DAO21 and n 1 to n 4 for CP1W DA041 Startup Operation After power is turned ON it will require two cycle times plus approximately 50 ms before the first data is converted The following table shows the output status after the initial processing is completed Output type Voltage output Current output Output range 0 to 10 V 1to5V 0 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 10 to 10 V Before range code OV OmA is written After range code is OV 1V OmA 4mA written Therefore create a program as shown below so that when operation begins simulta neously with startup it will wait for valid set data Always ON Flag TIM 005 will start as soon as power turns ON P On After 0 1 to 0 2 s 100 to 200 ms the Comple tion Flag for TIM 005 will turn ON and the data stored in D100 will be moved to CIO 102 as the conversion data for analog output 1 T5 5 Handling Unit Errors When an error occurs at the Analog Output Unit the analog output will be O V or 0 mA If a CPU error or an I O bus error fatal
126. 3 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices CP1W DA041 Analog Output Unit Terminal Block is not removable Wiring Diagrams Output Terminal Arrangement V OUT1 Voltage output 1 OUT1 Current output 1 COM1 Output common 1 V OUT2 Voltage output 2 OUT2 Current output 2 COM2 Output common 2 V OUT3 Voltage output 3 OUT TOUT VOUTZ COMB TOUTS OUT Comay NC OUT3 Current output 3 COM1 OUT2 VOUT3 COM3 I OUT4 NC COM3 Output common 3 V OUTA Voltage output 4 OUTA Current output 4 COM4 Output common 4 e Wiring Methods 2 core shielded 2 core shielded twisted pair cable twisted pair cable VOUT sessesessse a VOUT js sssssess Analog diout z LOUT COM i4 COM ita FG Example IOUT1 VOUT2 COM IOUT3 VOUT4 COM4 NC VOUT1 COM1 IOUT2 VOUT3 COM3 IOUT4 NC Connection to output 1 for voltage output Voltage E Input Connection to output 2 for current output Current a Input A 26 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices CP1W MAD11 Analog I O Unit Terminal Block is not removable Wiring Diagrams e 1 0 Terminal Arrange
127. 3 3 WON UNG RER de en etes enr de A net 5 17 5 3 4 Wiring Safety and Noise Controls ssssssseeneeeeeenee nene neret 5 21 5 3 5 Relay Output Noise Reduction Methods 5 22 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting CPU Unit Errors esseeeseeeseeeesse ee eeeeeeeenn nennt nennt nn nenas nnn nain nnns 6 2 6 1 1 Errors and Remedies Ie e etn Ee letta De uma esp cte ee EDU Oe ee 6 2 6 1 2 Checkifig EIFOfS 2 oce rte estere Eri ee RR ib AR Re xe E aE E aea EEE eA 6 2 6 1 3 Checking Detailed Status en remet eee entend ek eei Eaa iaaea 6 3 6 1 4 Reading Error Log Information ses 6 3 6 1 5 lij oc CI 6 5 6 1 6 Error Processing Flowchart ii diera Het eri Ep eA EU e ire dde Redde ex lente ee tent s 6 6 6 1 7 No Operation When Power Is Supplied ss 6 7 6 1 8 Fatal zt E 6 7 6 1 9 GPU sr E 6 11 6 1 10 Non fatal ETFOIS iier ret Pte ir P Eee dera bb ERR Rec tiu ere a c I EE a ete EN 6 12 G1 11 Other ErrOrs c 6 14 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Section 7 6 2 Section 8 7 1 7 2 Section A 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 10 A 1 Troubleshooting Unit Errors ss nennen nenne nnnm nnn nenne nennen 6 15 6 2 1 cm
128. 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices A 2 Wiring Diagrams A 2 1 CPU Units CPU Unit with 10 I O Points Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram All Models AC Power Supply CP1E E10DLILI A DC Power Supply CP1E E10DLILI D CIO 0 ds 24VDC ol I 7 L1 L2 N COM 01 03 05 Nc 00 02 04 DC Power Supply O O GoM o ol E10D00 D CIO 0 Output Wiring Diagram e Relay Outputs CP1E E10DR LI CIO 100 5 0 0 D 00 01 02 03 COM COM NC COM nc Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1E E10DT O ClO 100 CIO 100 Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1E E10DT1 O CIO 100 00 01 02 03 COMICOM NC COM NC CIO 100 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr A 9 suieJjBeiq BuulM z v SHUN Ndd L cV Appendices CPU Unit with 14 I O Points Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram All Models Relay Outputs AC Power Supply CP1E E14DR A CP1E E14DR A CP1E N14DR
129. 3e fr www d3e fr yun uoisuedxa 10 yun O I uoisuedxa e z suun uoisuedx3 pue sun O I uoisuedx3 p e z 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices Expansion Units Name and appearance Analog I O Unit Model number CP1W MAD11 Specifications 2 analog inputs Oto5V 1to5V Oto 10 V 10 to 10 V O to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA 1 analog output 1t05V Oto 10 V 10 to 10 V O to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Resolution 1 6 000 Current consumption 5V 24V 0 083A 0 110A Weight 250g Analog Input Unit CP1W AD041 4 analog inputs Oto5V 1to5V Oto 10 V 10 to 10 V O to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA Resolution 1 6 000 0 100A 0 090A 200g Analog Output Unit o s CP1W DA021 2 analog outputs 1 to 5 V Oto 10 V 10 to 10 V O to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA Resolution 1 6 000 0 040A 0 095A 200g CP1W DA041 4 analog outputs 1 to 5 V Oto 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA Resolution 1 6 000 0 080A 0 124A 200g Temperature Sensor Unit CP1W TS001 Thermocouple inputs K or J 2 inputs 0 040A 0 059A 250g CP1W TS002 Thermocouple inputs K or J 4 inputs 0 040A 0 059A 250g CP1W TS101 Platinum resistance thermometer inputs Pt100 or JPt100 2 inputs 0 054A 0 073A 250g CP1W TS102 Platinum resistance thermometer inputs Pt100 or JPt100 4 inputs 0 054A 0 073A 250g CompoBus S 1 0 Link Unit
130. 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions Number Name Function Option Board slot for N NA An Option Board can be connected to the slot type CPU Units e CP1W CIFO1 RS 232C Option Board CP1W CIF11 RS 422A 485 Option Board Maximum transmission distance 50 m or CP1W CIF12 RS 422A 485 Option Board Maximum transmission distance 500 m CP1W CIF41 Ethernet Option Board version 2 0 Maximum transmission distance 100 m Built in RS 232C port for By connecting a PT the controlled system can be monitored and data N NA type CPU Units can be collected Analog input terminals Analog output devices such as switches and sensors can be connected Analog output terminals Analog input device can be connected SHUN Nd9 L E CPU Unit Status Indicators Not lit x Flashing X Lit Indicator Color Status Description P p SNR ven io Power is ON T Lit D POWER m e Power is OFF 8 RUN Not lit i Zz PUN igen P The CP1E is executing a program in either RUN or MONITOR mode S ERR ALM i B u Operation is stopped in PROGRAM mode or due to a fatal error S INH ERR ALM Red x A fatal error including FALS execution or a hardware error WDT E PRPHL Lit error has occurred z CP1E operation will stop and all outputs will be turned OFF BKUP e A non fatal error has occurred including FAL e
131. 7 09 11 ot 03 05 07 09 11 01 03 05 07 09 11 NC re 00 02 04 06 08 10 00 02 04 06 08 10 00 02 o4 06 08 10 CIO 0 CIO 1 CIO 2 CP1E NA20DLI D GTC Fed oe os Tor Pepe eT o os v 1 nour CIO 0 CIO 90 CIO 91 3 8 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions Output Arrangement AC Power Supply CP1E LI3ODLI A External supply terminal rper os 2 095 07 00 08 COM Common terminal comicom com EN 06 COM 01 03 00 to 07 Output terminal He PEN VOUTO Analog voltage Output CP1E LI40DLI A OUTO Analog current Output COMO Common terminal for analog 00 01 02 03 04 06 00 01 03 04 06 COMICOMICOMICOM 05 07 Cou 02 COM 05 07 CIO 100 CIO 101 CP1E N60DLI A 00 01 02 04 05 07 00 02 04 05 07 00 02 04 05 07 COM COM COM 03 COM 06 COM 01 03 COM 06 COM 01 03 COM 06 CIO 100 CIO 101 CIO 102 SHUN Nd9 L E CP1E NA20DR A 00 01 02 04 05 07 NC IOUTO COMICOMICOM 03 ICOM 06 NC VOUTOCOMO
132. 7A CP1E N30DT A 0 27A 0 02A CP1E N30DT1 A 0 27A 0 02A CP1E N30DR D 0 21A 0 07A CP1E N30DT D 0 27A 0 02A CP1E N30DT D 0 27A 0 02A 40 I O points CP1E N40DR A 0 21A 0 09A CP1E N40DT A 0 31A 0 02A CP1E N40DT1 A 0 31A 0 02A CP1E N40DR D 0 21A 0 09A CP1E N40DT D 0 31A 0 02A CP1E N40DT1 D 0 31A 0 02A 60 I O points CP1E N60DR A 0 21A 0 13A CP1E N60DT A 0 31A 0 02A CP1E N60DT1 A 0 31A 0 02A CP1E N60DR D 0 21A 0 13A CP1E N60DT D 0 31A 0 02A CP1E N60DT1 D 0 31A 0 02A D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices NA type CPU Units Current consumption I O capacity Model number 5 VDC 24 VDC 20 I O points CPIE NA20ODR A 048A OA and built in CP1E NA20DT D 0 23A 0 09A analog CP1E NA20DT1 D 0 23A 0 09A Note 1 The current consumption of CP1W CIFO1 11 Option Boards is included in the CPU Units current con sumption 2 The current consumption of CP1W CIF12 Option Boards is 0 075A 5 VDC 3 The current consumption of CP1W CIF41 Option Boards version 2 0 is 0 13A b VDC 4 The current consumptions given in the following table must be added to the current consumption of the CPU Unit if an Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit is connected jeujajxa3 pue uonduinsuo2 uang Hun p z Ayoedey Ajddns 19moq4
133. 8 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Safety Precautions Definition of Precautionary Information The following notation is used in this manual to provide precautions required to ensure safe usage of a CP series PLC The safety precautions that are provided are extremely important to safety Always read and heed the information provided in all safety precautions Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury Additionally there may be severe property damage Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in minor or moderate injury or property damage Precautions for Safe Use Indicates precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure using the product safely fj Precautions for Correct Use Indicates precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure proper operation and performance Symbols The triangle symbol indicates precautions including warnings The specific operation is shown in the triangle and explained in text This example indicates a precau tion for electric shock The circle and slash symbol indicates operations that you must not do The specific operation is shown in the circle and explained in text The filled circle symbol indicates operations that you must do The specific operation is shown in the circle and explained in text This example shows a general precau tion for s
134. ASCII code table for the CP1E CPU Unit D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Manual Structure Page Structure and Icons The following page structure and icons are used in this manual Level 2 heading Level 3 heading Step in a procedure Indicates a step in a procedure Special Information See below Icons are used to indicate precautions and additional information eB 5 Installation and wiring 5 2 Installation 5 2 1 Installation Location DIN Track Installation 1 Use a screwdriver to pull down the DIN Track mounting pins from the back of the Units to release them and mount the Units to the DIN Track a NA Hr Moo 2 Fit the back of the Units onto the DIN Track by catching the top of the Units on the Track and then pressing in at the bottom of the Units as shown below Manual name H Precautions for Correct Use Tighten terminal block screws and cable screws to the following torques M4 1 2 N m M3 0 5 N m CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 uoneljeisu Z S uomeoo1 UONEIEISUI Z S Level 1 heading Level 2 heading r Level 3 heading Gives the current headings Page tab Gives the number of the section This illustration is provided only
135. B min 512 MB or more recommended Required hard disk space 600 MB min Display 800 x 600 SVGA min PLC and connection port USB port 4 1 4 Features of the CX Programmer Simple Menu Configuration e With two menu levels menu commands can be easily found Options have been simplified Smart Input Mode That Automatically Displays Candidates Automatic Instruction Candidate Function When the first letter of the instruction mnemonic is input possible instructions are automatically dis played Example Press the F num 4 077 M Key Instructions starting with M will be displayed MOV MILC MILH MILR 4 MLPX MOVB MOVD MOYL MSKS MTR V MYN 4 4 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 4 Programming Device Automatic Address Increment Function The addresses are automatically incremented to the addresses input last time by 1 The addresses of inputs and outputs are incremented by 1 respectively 1 bit for a bit address 1 word for a word address Example When the previous address was WO 01 qpenotttrntnn The address is automatically Vwyn o0 CTR incremented and WO 02 is displayed Load Bit Ve ia LI LD LDNOT SAN yass 31d2 10 So9119q Buiuwei6oiq ejqeorddy 1 7 System defined Symbol List Condition Flags are also displaye
136. Be Performed Jogging can be performed by executing the SPED or ACC instruction Origin Searches and Origin Returns Can Be Performed Using the ORIGIN SEARCH Instruction An accurate origin search combining all I O signals can be executed with a single instruction It is also possible to move directly to an established origin using the ORIGIN SEARCH ORG instruc tion PWM Outputs for Transistor Output CPU Units Lighting and power control can be performed by outputting variable duty ratio pulse PWM output sig nals from the CPU Unit s built in outputs Built in RS 232C Port for N NA type CPU Units The N NA type CPU Units have one built in RS 232C port as a standard feature 1 6 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 1 Overview and Specifications Mounting Serial Option Boards to N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units One Serial Communications Option Board with one RS 232C port or one RS 422A 485 port can be added to an N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit With the serial communications port it is easy to connect to general components such as barcode readers and other components such as PTs other CP series PLCs and Inverters M9IAJ9 O 31d9 b b NS series PT Barcode Reader etc RS 232C SOIM94 z L L D D il Ei e SE ee Option Board w
137. CIO n 3 We 36 1 O00000 04 06 00 01 03 04 06 NC NC COM COM COM COM 05 07 COM 02 COM 05 07 CIO n 2 CIO n 3 A 20 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Inputs not provided Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1W 32ET Unit Upper Terminal Block CIO n CIO n 1 f nf lllool l NC COM COM COM COM 05 07 COM COM 05 07 NC NC NC 00 01 02 03 04 06 00 01 03 04 06 NC NC NC OO OOOOOOOOO V J CIO n CIO n 1 Unit Lower Terminal Block CIO n 2 CIO n 3 4 f k T T T OOO0OOOOOOOQ NC COM COM COM COM gt D 3 e 9g V JN J amp CIO n 2 CIO n 3 5 3 o Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1W 32ET1 Unit Upper Terminal Block clon CIO n 1 1 Sf Y zi
138. CP1E O20D0 0 for CP1E CXPC3 CP1E O30D0 0 CP1E 040D0 0 Note 1 To use CX Programmer version 8 2 with a CP1E CPU Unit the CX One version 3 auto update must be installed 2 Use the CX Programmer version 9 12 or higher when CP1W CIF41 is applied The CX Programmer for CP1E and CX Programmer CX One CX One Lite can be used at the same time The CX Programmer CX One CX One Lite and the CX Programmer for CP1E can be installed on the same computer and both applications can be run at the same time Vi Precautions for Correct Use This section describes the unique applications and functions of the Micro PLC Edition CX Programmer version 9 03 or higher CX Programmer for CP1E In the remainder of this sec tion CX Programmer refers to the Micro PLC Edition CX Programmer version 9 03 or higher CX Programmer for CP1E When using the full version of CX Programmer provided in CX One refer to the CX Program mer Operation Manual Cat No W446 A Programming Console cannot be used for the CP1E Use the CX Programmer 4 2 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 4 Programming Device Using Project Files Saved with the CX Programmer CXP on the CX Programmer for CP1E The CX Programmer for CP1E cannot open a CXP project created on the CX Programmer CX One CX One Lite Use pro
139. CPU Unit s or the Expansion I O Unit s expansion connector G Insert 3 Attach the cover to the CPU Unit s or the Expansion I O Unit s expansion connector Attach 5 12 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring Precautions on Connecting Units The following restrictions apply to the CP series Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units that can be connected to CP1E CPU Units e Maximum Number of Connectable Units With an E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit a total of up to three Expansion I O Units and Expan sion Units can be connected to one CPU Unit It is not possible to connect Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units to E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units uonej eisul c G sun uoisuedx3 pue sun o uoisuedx3 Bunoeuuo2 v z G D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 5 13 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring 5 3 Wiring This section describes wiring methods for the CPU Unit 5 3 1 Wiring Procedure Make sure that the power supply is OFF before beginning wiring 1 Prepare the parts required for wiring Prepare crimp te
140. Cat No W479 E1 04 SYSMAC CP Series CP1E E J DL 1 J CP1E NI 1 ID 14 CP1E NAI I ID 14 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware USER S MANUAL OMRON D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr OMRON 2009 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means mechanical electronic photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of OMRON No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein Moreover because OMRON is con stantly striving to improve its high quality products the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual Nevertheless OMRON assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr SYSMAC CP Series CPIE EL 1 D 11 CPIE N ID 1 1 CPIE NA 1 ID CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Revised June 2010 D3E uid Be ue Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Po
141. E N NA type CPU Unit The Conversion Unit is insulated so the maximum distance for RS 422A is 500 m Appearance suoneoiunuiuo jenas 10 BUI Y DIP Switch Setting The NT ALOO1 RS 232C RS 422A Conversion Unit has a DIP switch for setting RS 422A 485 communications conditions When connecting the Serial Communications Option Board refer to the DIP switch settings shown in the following table Pin Function Factory setting ia 1 Not used Leave set to ON ON 29 2 Built in terminating resistance setting ON Az D ON Connects terminating resistance OFF Disconnects terminating resis ee tance 8 F 3 2 4 wire setting OFF m 4 2 wire Set both pins to ON 4 wire Set both pins to OFF OFF 5 Transmission mode setting ON P 6 Constant transmission Set both pins to OFF OFF 8 Transmission performed when CS signal in RS 232C interface is at high level O Set pin 5 to OFF and pin 6 to ON Transmission performed when CS signal in RS 232C interface is at low level as Set pin 5 to ON and pin 6 to OFF When connecting to a CP series CPU Unit turn OFF pin 5 and turn ON pin 6 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 41 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices Application Example
142. E type CPU Unit CP1E E30 40DR A N NA type CPU Unit CP1E N30 40 60DLI L1 CP1E NA20DLI L1 input indicators Peripheral USB port Analog adjusters S Operation indicators 3 6 d Cned Battery SBuilt in RS 232C communications 8 cover S status indicator S J R Analog input 2 Ground terminals terminal de jh amp ossos lesesse connector eg CL GO Output indicators Analog output Output terminals Oo Z MZ Oo terminal Z O zoa power Output terminais Plock Built in RS 232C Serial Option port Board slot Number Name Function Input terminal block This is the terminal block for inputs such as the power supply input and 24 VDC inputs Input indicators yellow Input status is displayed An indicator will be ON when the input is ON Peripheral USB port Used to connect to a personal computer for programming and monitor ing by the CX Programmer for CP1E Analog adjusters By turning an analog adjuster it is possible to adjust the value of A642 or A643 within a range of 0 to 255 Operation indicators The CPU Unit s operating status can be confirmed with this indicator Refer to CPU Unit Status Indicators Page 3 7 Power supply input terminal Power of 100 to 240 VAC or 24 VDC can be supplied o Input terminals Input devices such as swit
143. Execution T5 condition S I 34 a gt z Execution Reads analog input 1 converted value c T5 condition 3 i Execution Reads analog input 2 converted value T5 condition al id Reads analog input 3 converted value gt A a o z 9 TD D 5 3 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 11 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 2 Analog Output Units 8 2 1 Overview Each CP1W DA021 Analog Output Unit provides two analog outputs Each CP1W DA041 Analog Output Unit provides four analog outputs e The analog output signal ranges are 1 to 5 V 0 to 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA e CP1W DAO21 uses two output words and CP1W DA041 uses four output words 8 2 2 Part Names and Functions CP1W DA021 CP1W DA041 CP1W DA041 2 Expansion I O connecting cable 1 Analog Output Terminals Connected to analog input devices 1 0 Terminal Arrangement for CP1W DAO21 3 Expansion connector 1 Analog output terminals a V OUT1 Voltage output 1 EST ii Luc T NC ne I OUTI Current output 1 G9 G9 G9 G9 eS G9 G9 COM1 Output common 1 V OUT2 Voltage output 2 39 929 099 X G9 OUT2 Current output 2 C
144. F Power voltage Power voltage Pi tage Ra EE I ower voltage I 204VBO 204VDC 20 4VDC renee l l l 0 l 0 1 0 l 4045 55C 35 45 55C 30 _455055C 0 40 45 55 C Ambient temperature Ambient temperature Ambient temperature Ambient temperature CP1E 0114DR A CP1E L120DR A CP1E NA20DR A CP1E N20DTLI L 100 100 80 50 0 0 Ambient temperature Ambient temperature Note The above restrictions apply to the relay output load current from the CPU Unit even if Expansion I O Units are not connected D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions Output Specifications for Transistor Outputs Sinking or Sourcing CP1E N14 20 30 40 60DT 1 O CP1E E10DT 1 O CP1E NA20DT 1 O Normal Outputs Specification Item CIERRE TOY CIO 100 02 to CIO 100 07 CIO 101 00 to LE CIO 101 07 and CIO 102 00 to CIO 102 07 2 Maximum 0 3 A output 0 9 A common Switching 4 5 to 30 VDC capacity CP1E E10DD D 0 9 A Unit CP1E N14DLI DI 1 5 A Unit CP1E N20DLI DI 1 8 A Unit CP1E N30DLI DI 2 7 A Unit CP1E NAODLI DI 3 6 A Unit CP1E N60DLI DI 5 4 A Unit CP1E NA20DLI DI 1 8 A Unit Minimum 1 mA 4 5 to 30 VDC switching capacity Leakage 0 1mA max current Residual E type CPU Unit 1 5 V max 1 5V max voltage N NA type C
145. Functionality A high speed counter input can be used by connecting a rotary encoder to a built in input A CP1E CPU Unit is equipped with more than one high speed counter input making it possible to control devices for multiple axes with a single PLC Built in Inputs Yo Functions can be assigned N High speed Counter Inputs E type CPU Units Increment pulse inputs 10kHz x 6 counters 10kHz x 5 counters only for 10 I O points Up down pulse inputs 10kHz x 2 counters Pulse direction inputs 10kHz x 2 counters Differential phase inputs 4x 5kHz x 2 counters N NA type CPU Units Increment pulse inputs 100kHz x 2 counters 10kHz x 4 counters Up down pulse inputs 100kHz x 1 counter 10kHz x 1 counter Pulse direction inputs 100kHz x 2 counters CM phase inputs 4x 50kHz x 1 counter 5kHz x 1 myy Encoder 000000 000000 000000 J IMS Note The user setting in the PLC Setup determines if each input is a quick response input normal input interrupt input or high speed counter input High speed counters can be used for high speed processing using either target value comparison or range comparison with the counter s PV to create interrupts An interrupt task can be started when the c
146. Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 55 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr spun Jun O I S sngoduio 8 uonejedo Jo MOIA Y S 8 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 56 EN Additional Information e Unused bits in the CompoBus S I O Link Unit s output words can be used as work bits Unused bits in input word cannot be used as work bits 2 Determine the node number and make DIP switch settings 1 Determining Node Number e The CompoBus S I O Link Unit is a Slave Unit with 8 input bits and 8 output bits The node number setting is made using the DIP switch the inputs and outputs share the same node number The range of possible node number settings is determined by the type of PLC the Master Unit is mounted to and the settings on the Master Unit For details refer to the CompoBus S Operation Manual Cat No W266 2 Making DIP Switch Settings Use the DIP switch to set the CompoBus S I O Link Units node number communications mode and the status of output data when a communications error occurs H Precautions for Correct Use Always turn OFF the power supply before changing the DIP switch settings 3 Wire the CompoBus S communications path These terminals are not used They can however be used as communications power supply relay terminals BDL BDH Connect the CompoBus S Communications Cable D3E Elect
147. HURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 6 Troubleshooting 6 1 9 CPU Errors CPU Unit Indicators Not lit W Flashing X Lit E POWER XX POWER RUN e LJ ERR ALM RUN x INH ERR AL PRPHL oO INH BKUP L Irrelevant PRPHL LJ BKUP A CPU error or fatal error may have occurred if the ERR ALM indicator lights during operation RUN mode or MONITOR mode the RUN indicator turns OFF and operation stops CPU Unit Errors Remedy S10413 HUN Nd9 Bunoousejqnoij 1 9 Cause A WDT watchdog error occurred in the CPU Unit This does not occur in normal use Cycle the power supply The Unit may be faulty Consult your OMRON representative o e Reference o Error flag e Error code A400 A a Error information Note Just as when a CPU error occurs the RUN indicator will turn OFF and the ERR ALM indicator will light when a fatal error occurs Connecting the CX Programmer however is possible for fatal errors but not for CPU errors If the CX Programmer cannot be connected online a CPU error has probably occurred D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 6 11 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 6 Troubleshooting 6 1 10 Non fatal Errors A non fatal error has occurr
148. IFO1 One RS 422A 485 port not isolated CJ1W CIF1 1 One RS 422A 485 port isolated CP1W CIF12 One Ethernet port CP1W CIF41 version 2 0 Depends on Option Board Depends on Option Board 1 2 2 4 4 8 9 6 19 2 38 4 57 6 or 115 2 kbps Host Link e TN NT Link No protocol mode Serial PLC Links master slave e Modbus RTU Easy Master Number of tasks 17 One cyclic task One scheduled interrupt task always interrupt task 1 Six input interrupt tasks interrupt tasks 2 to 7 Sixteen high speed counter interrupt tasks interrupt tasks 1 to 16 Maximum subroutine number 128 Maximum jump number 128 Scheduled interrupt tasks 1 interrupt task Clock Included Accuracy monthly deviation 4 5 min to 0 5 min at ambient temperature of 55 C 2 0 min to 2 0 min at ambient temperature of 25 C 2 5 min to 1 5 min at ambient temperature of 0 C Clock function not included The time of error occurrence displays 01 01 01 01 01 01 Sunday Memory backup Built in EEPROM Ladder programs and parameters are automatically saved to built in EEPROM A section of the Data Memory Area can be saved to the built in EEPROM Battery backup With CP1W BATO1 Bat tery optional Battery cannot be mounted CP1W BATO can be used Maximum battery service life 5 years Backup Time Guaranteed value ambient temperature 55 C 13 000 hours approx 1 5 years
149. LI CP1E N14DLILI A CIO 100 DC Power Supply CP1E N14DLILI D DD GO GO QD 00 01 o2 03 04 05 NC CIO 0 com com Nc com NC COM NC bu nd z I I I ij 9 n TE 01 03 05 07 NC nc 24V DC ai L J I 1 i LI i I w r Oe His Qrr L1 CIO 100 NC 00 02 04 06 NC NC Transistor Outputs Sinking zl 2 CP1E N14DT O i e 5 CO D 0 OO D 00 01 02 03 04 05 NC COMICOM NC COM NC COM NC CIO 100 Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1E N14DT1 0 ClO 100 00 01 02 03 04 05 nc COM COM NC COM NC coul NC A 10 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices CPU Unit with 20 I O Points Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram All Models AC Power Supply CP1E E20DR A CP1E N20DLILI A DC Power Supply CP1E N20DLILI D CIO 0 L1 oe 01 03 05 07 09 11 Output Wiring Diagram e
150. OM2 Output common 2 8 12 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units O Terminal Arrangement for CP1W DA041 3m V OUT1 Voltage output 1 Du EU UE LOUTI Current output 1 COM1 Output common 1 V OUT2 Voltage output 2 OUT2 Current output 2 7 Sa COM2 Output common 2 P TOS V OUT3 Voltage output 3 OUT3 Current output 3 COM3 Output common 3 V OUT4 Voltage output 4 OUT4 Current output 4 COM4 Output common 4 2 Expansion I O Connecting Cable Connected to the expansion connector on the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit The cable is provided with the Unit and cannot be removed Precautions for Safe Use Do not touch the cables during operation Static electricity may cause operating errors 3 Expansion Connector Connected to the next Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit 8 2 3 Specifications CP1W DA021 CP1W DA041 Analog Output Units are connected to a CP1E CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit CP1W 20EDR1 CP1W 8ED CP1W DA021 DA041 Expansion I O Un
151. P1E LIA40DR LI CIO 100 CIO 101 d Aue OO 6600000 bte la Fa pde Fes ESS 1 1 75 DC Power Supply COM ne N40D00 D DC Power Supply NC 00 CIO 100 CIO 101 NC N40DR D Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1E N40DT O CIO 100 CIO 101 4 Neff OOOOOOOOOOO 00 01 02 03 04 06 n 01 03 04 I 06 COM COM COM COM 07 n 02 COM 07 BTR Y DCP Suppl ower Supply 7 NC 00 CIO 100 CIO 101 he N40DT D Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1E N40DT1 0 CIO 100 CIO 101 a OO OOO OOOO OO 00 01 02 03 04 06 00 01 03 04 06 COMICOMICOMICOM 05 07 COM 02 COM 05 07 LS DOTO TOO 4 DC Power Supply NC 00 NC N40DT1 D CIO 100 CIO 101 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 13 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique
152. PU Unit 0 6 V max ON response 0 1 ms max 0 1 ms max time OFF response E type CPU Unit 1 ms max 1 ms max time N NA type CPU Unit 0 1 ms max Fuse Not provided Circuit N NA type CPU Unit Normal outputs CIO E type CPU Unit Normal outputs CIO configuration 100 00 to CIO 100 01 sinking 100 00 to CIO 100 03 sinking Internal circuits Y N NA type CPU Unit Normal outputs CIO 100 00 to CIO 100 01 sourcing 24 VDC b N NA type CPU Unit Normal outputs CIO 100 02 to CIO 102 07 sinking Internal circuits E type CPU Unit Normal outputs CIO 100 00 to CIO 100 03 sourcing N NA type CPU Unit Normal outputs CIO 100 02 to CIO 102 07 sourcing Internal circuits 1 Also do not exceed 0 9 A for the total of CIO 100 00 to CIO 100 03 which are different common 2 The bits that can be used depend on the model of CPU Unit D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr SHUN Nd9 L E suoneoyioeds O UOWWOD L 3 Part Names and Functions H Precautions for Correct Use Do not connect a load to an output terminal or apply a voltage in excess of the maximum switch ing capacity Pulse Outputs CIO 100 00 and CIO 100 01 Item Specification Maximum switching c
153. PU Unit parts and provides the I O specifications and termi nal arrangements Refer to A 1 Dimensions for the dimensions A 2 Wiring Diagrams for the wiring dia grams E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units Part Names and Functions Input terminal block Input indicators Peripheral USB port Analog E type CPU Unit CP1E E10DLI L1 CP1E E14 20DR A G Power supply input terminals adjusters Operation indicators Output ter 3 2 8 Ground terminal az input terminals N type CPU Unit CP1E N14 20D0 0 Built in RS 232C communications status indicator owen Built in 000000 RS 232C port Output indicators Battery minals 1 li Output terminal cover war block Number Name Function D Input terminal block This is the terminal block for inputs such as the power supply input and 24 VDC inputs Input indicators yellow Input status is displayed An indicator will be ON when the input is ON Peripheral USB port Used to connect to a personal computer for programming and monitoring by the CX Programmer for CP1E Analog adjusters By turning an analog adjuster it is possible to adjust the
154. Part names and functions 3 23 Terminal arrangements 3 24 WINING tition An ees are aan A 17 Expansion Input Unit Part names and functions 3 20 Terminal arrangements 3 20 Expansion Output Unit Part names and functions 8 21 Terminal arrangements 3 22 Expansion system configuration 2 10 Expansion Unit DIMENSIONS ETE A 7 MOdeIS sn ccs 2 12 Index 1 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr lug PR et A 24 External power supply capacity 2 13 2 15 F Fail safe circuits nri rente 5 2 gll LE 6 6 6 12 FALS EMON saiesccsiccccnscectecceteetsieasstveindeataseectetetecadanes 6 5 6 10 Fatal errors Cycle time exceeded error 6 5 6 10 FALS enor Ree hii 6 5 6 10 VO bs CO iecore ete filets see 6 5 6 8 Memory error oed e eite Ces dez ket esa tendu 6 5 6 8 Program error ssssssssssseeeeeennn 6 5 6 9 Too many I O points error 6 5 6 8 G Giroufidihg t tete ens 5 15 5 16 H High Speed counter 3 10 l VO DUS ONTON siint oies 6 5 6 8 VO Connecting Cable sse 2 8 VO WING EE 5 17 afe ef io EET EODD TIO 3 3 3 7 Checking errors eseeeenennene 6 2 Communications errors 6 14 CPU 6GrtO S 55 555 sede tedden eee rain 6 11 Ife EET 6 5 Fatal errors M E 6 7 Non fatal errors 6 12 Inductive loads
155. Power Supply CP1E NA20DR A CP1E NA20DLILI A CIO 100 i DC Power Supply li CP1E NA20D00 D B pe a x Analog Output CIO 0 f oo o1 02 04 05 07 NC liouro NI if I T I T p Le A 06 I oe COMO say Do T 8 o o ELT 5 ol M cio 90 CIO 91 2s Analog Output L LJ 3 Cx le J Analog Input Lt CIO 190 L1 L2 NCOM ot 03 05 07 O9 11 i iNo AG fi IN1 zii A 00 02 04 06 os 10 VINOCOMO VIN1COM lI d E C Power Sul Analog Input 1 NC i kc DC Power Supply CIO 100 com el 9 ol CIO90 clot E zm O Ol O o ji Oo NA20DR D napa S UM Transistor Outputs Sinking b CP1E NA20DT D CIO 100 c ClO 190 000000 nalog Output NC 00 01 02 04 05 07 NC JiouTo Nc com com com o3 com 06 Nc vouro covo CA L L Analog Output Hi L EUST ClO 190 D CIO 100 Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1E NA20DT1 D CIO 100 CIO 190 DOLLOO m nalog Output Nc 00 01 o2 04 05 07 NC iouro Nc comlcou com 03 coM oe Nc vouTo como gt Analog Output oom d ClO 190 DIENEN CIO 100 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 15 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr suiejBeiq BuulM z v SHUN ndO LcVv Appendices Analog Input Wiring Diagram Analog Output Wiring Diagram Analog output device voltage Analog input device voltage Analog Analog Inp
156. R Indicator Flashing There may be fluctuations in the power supply voltage disconnected wiring or poor contacts Check the power supply system and wiring e POWER Indicator Lit but No Operation Check the RUN indicator if the POWER indicator is lit but the CPU Unit does not operate The CPU Unit may be on standby if the RUN indicator is not lit S10413 HUN nd2 Bunoousejqnoij 1 9 6 1 8 Fatal Errors CPU Unit Indicators Not lit X Flashing X Lit p A POWER XX z o POWER RUN e Oo L J x ERR ALM 2 RUN fp __ _ z INH 9 EI PRPHL BKUP 2 INH z L Irrelevant PRPHL z L e wn BKUP 5 n S a There may be a CPU error or a fatal error if operation stops i e the RUN indicator turns OFF and the ERR ALM indicator lights Data on fatal errors is displayed on the Errors Tab Page of the CX Programmer s PLC Errors Win dow Take corrective actions after checking error details based on the CX Programmer display message together with the Auxiliary Area Error Flags and error information Errors are listed in order with the most serious errors first f two or more errors occur at the same time the most serious error code will be stored in A400 e If the IOM Hold Bit hasn t been turned ON to protect I O memory all non retained areas of I O memory will be cleared when a fatal error other than FALS occurs 1 0 memory will be held when the I O Mem
157. RCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring Precautions When Connecting a Two wire DC Sensor When using a two wire sensor with a 24 VDC input device check that the following conditions have been met Failure to meet these conditions may result in operating errors 1 Relation between voltage when the PLC is ON and the sensor residual voltage Von lt Vcc Vn 2 Relation between current when the PLC is ON and sensor control output load cur rent lour min lt lonslout max loxz Vcc Vr 1 5 PLC internal residual voltage Riy When lon is smaller than lour min connect a bleeder resistor R The bleeder resistor constant can be calculated as follows Rx Vcc Vn lour min lon Power W2 Vcc Va 2 R x 4 allowable margin Bu E G 3 Relation between current when the PLC is OFF and sensor leakage current lorr gt lieak Connect a bleeder resistor if lieak is greater than lorr Use the following equation to calculate the bleeder resistance constant R lt Rin x Vorr lieakx Rin Vorr Power W2 Vcc Vr 2 R x 4 allowable margin BuulM O I S DC Input Unit Two wire sensor Vn R tf Vcc Vcc Power voltage Vr Sensor output residual voltage Von PLC ON voltage lout Sensor control current load current Voff PLC OFF voltage lon PLC ON current lleak Sensor leakage current loff PLC OFF cu
158. S I O Link Unit 8 54 Functional specifications 1 12 General specifications ssseeesss 1 9 Temperature Sensor Unit 8 37 Support Software sse 2 9 Surface installation 5 8 System configuration E type CPU Unit 2 2 Expansion system configuration 2 10 N NA type CPU Unit 2 3 Restrictions on system configuration 2 13 T Temperature Sensor Unit 2 12 8 36 Dimensions rcr tke tte nint nee need A 8 DIP Switch Settings 8 38 Part names and functions 8 36 Rotary Switch Setting 8 39 Specifications 8 37 bp P A 28 Words allocation 8 41 Terminal arrangements E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units 3 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units 3 6 Expansion I O Unit 3 24 Expansion Input Unit 3 20 Expansion Output Unit 3 22 Too many I O points error 6 5 6 8 Two decimal place Mode eese 8 46 Types of errors eee deinde eint ne cea re sates 6 5 U Uninstalling the software 4 7 Uninstalling the USB Driver seeseess 4 14 Unit replacement 7 4 Unit version nnns 2 8 W WDT Jio PH 6 5 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond P
159. SCL2 Instruction Always ON P On T Detects completion of input 0 initialization 7FFE P_EQ Execution C WO0 00 ON when initialization complete WO 00 condition T T CMP Detects an open circuit alarm 7FFF P FQ W0 01 ON when an open circuit alarm has been detected P EQ qp p When the converted value is non negative stores 0000 in D1 When the converted value is negative stores 0001 in D1 Operation clo2 1e 1e 16e 16 Binary to BCD conversion D1 DO Y when using SCL2 instruction 04 010 10 10 107 10 10 H 1 0 0 If data non negative 0000 stored in D1 1 If data negative 0001 stored in D1 1 Negative 0 Non negative 8 4 5 Function Descriptions Two decimal place Mode If pin 2 on the DIP switch is turned ON values are stored to two decimal places In this case tempera ture data is stored as 6 digit signed hexadecimal binary data with 4 digits in the integer portion and 2 digits after the decimal point The actual data stored in memory is 100 times the actual value i e the decimal point is not indicated Methods for handling this data are described in this section EN Additional Information When set to store values to two decimal places temperature data as far as two digits after the decimal point is converted to 6 digit binary data but the actual resolution is not 0 01 C
160. TN Expansion I O Units Unit with 8 input 56 0 2 Rene R points i CP1E E10 14 20 or 11 l NA1420 cru E E i Unit with 8 output 56 0 2 i i it Fg i 100mm with 8 16 or 20 VO i points Points 11 Expansion Unit 1 Unit with 16 out 76 0 2 Fd i put points 2 r SSS Sg ucc EO mos DNE E Unit with 20 I O 7640 2 8mm points Analog I O Units Analog I O 7640 2 Analog input Analog output Temperature Sensor Units 76 0 2 Using Wiring Ducts Whenever possible route I O wiring through wiring ducts Install the ducts so that it is easy to wire the I O Units through the ducts It is handy to have the ducts at the same height as the Racks Use mount ing bases if necessary to adjust the heights 81 6 89 0mm Duct 20mm min E CPU Rack Unit DIN Track ge 20mm min 30mm Mounting bracket Duct Duct D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring H Precautions for Correct Use Tighten terminal block screws and cable screws to the following torques M4 1 2 Nm M3 0 5 Nm e Routing Wiring Ducts Install the wiring ducts at least 20 mm between the tops of the Racks and any other objects e g ceiling wiring ducts structural supports devices etc to provide enough space for a
161. URCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 6 Troubleshooting 6 2 Troubleshooting Unit Errors This section describes how to troubleshoot errors that occur in devices other than the CP1E CPU Unit 6 2 1 No Inputs Symptom Not all inputs turn ON or indicators are not lit Cause 1 External power is not supplied for the input Remedy Supply power 2 Supply voltage is low Adjust supply voltage to within rated range 3 Terminal block screws are loose Tighten screws 2 Notall inputs turn ON Input circuit is faulty There is a short at Replace Unit even though the indicator the load or something else that caused an is lit overcurrent to flow Not all inputs turn OFF Input circuit is faulty Replace Unit 4 Specific input bit does not 1 Input device is faulty Replace input devices turn ON 2 Input wiring disconnected Check input wiring 3 Terminal block screws are loose Tighten screws 4 Too short ON time of external input Adjust input device 5 Input circuit is faulty Replace Unit 6 Input bit number is used for output Correct the ladder program instruction 5 Specific input bit does not 1 Input circuit is faulty Replace Unit turn OFF Input bit number is used for output Correct the ladder program instruction 6 Input irregularly turns 1 External input voltage is
162. Unit with 20 I O Points CP1E E20DR A 20 12 8 AC power Relays 2K steps 2K words 0 17A 0 08A 360g max supply 100 to 240 VAC D D Oo UU c c 7 CP1E E30DR A 30 18 12 0 17A 0 07A 540g max m D Oo CP1E E40DR A 40 24 16 0 17A 0 09A 650g max g c 3 a D o Note A battery cannot be mounted to an E type CPU Unit N type CPU Units Number of built in I O Current points Power Pro consumption r supply DM Area K _ _ Name and appearance Model number Number Number s Output type gram 1 Weight specifica Capacity Total of of diss capacity 5 VDC inputs outputs D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 2 5 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices Number of built in I O points pire Pro Name and appearance Model number Number Number Rue Output type gram Total of of tions capacity inputs outputs CPU Unit with 30 I O Points CP1E N30DR A 30 18 12 AC power Relays 8K steps CP1E N30DT A supply 100 Sinking tran to 240 VAC sistors CP1E N30DT1 A Sourcing transistors CP1E N30DR D DC power
163. When there is noise in the power supply line install a noise filter on the input section and the power supply EN Additional Information When external power is supplied when setting the range code or when there is a power inter ruption a pulse form analog output may be generated If this causes problems with operation take countermeasures such as those suggested below 1 Countermeasure 1 Turn ON the power supply for the CP1E CPU Unit first confirm correct operation and then turn ON the power supply for the load Turn OFF the power supply for the load before turning OFF the power supply for the CP1E CPU Unit 2 Countermeasure 2 Control the machine not only by analog output but also by other signals additional start stop control signal for machine D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 3 Create the ladder program 1 Allocating Output Words Four output words n 1 to n 4 are allocated to the Analog Output Unit starting from the next word following the last allocated word on the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit For CP1W DA021 two output words n 1 n 2 are allocated CP1W DA041 Analog Output Unit Words n 1 to n 4 2 Writing Set Data Write the output use and the range code to words n 1 and n 2
164. Writing D A Conversion Data CP1W DA021 CPU Unit Ladder program MOV writes the range code Writes the converted values CP1W DA041 CPU Unit Ladder program MOV writes the range code l I Writes the converted values Analog Output Unit Word n 1 Word n 1 Word n 2 Range code outputs 1 2 Analog output 1 conversion value Analog output 2 conversion value l l allocated to the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit E a l Where n is the last output word l l l l Analog input devices Adjustment equipment Servo Controller Variable speed device Recorder Other Analog Output Unit Word n 1 Word n 2 Word n 1 Word n 2 Word n 3 Range code outputs 1 2 Range code outputs 3 4 Analog output 1 conversion value Analog output 2 conversion value Analog output 3 conversion value l Word n 4 Analog output 4 conversion value y Where n is the last output word l allocated to the CPU Unit or I previous Expansion Unit or l Expansion I O Unit l 1 Connect the Analog Output Unit to the CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit CP1W DA021 DA041 Analog Output Unit
165. acement within 5 minutes Memory data may be corrupted if this precaution is not observed The equipment may operate unexpectedly if inappropriate parameters are set Even if the appro priate parameters are set confirm that equipment will not be adversely affected before transfer ring the parameters to the CPU Unit After replacing the CPU Unit make sure that the required data for the DM Area Holding Area and other memory areas has been transferred to the new CPU Unit before restarting operation Do not attempt to disassemble repair or modify any Units Any attempt to do so may result in mal function fire or electric shock Confirm that no adverse effect will occur in the system before attempting any of the following Not doing so may result in an unexpected operation Changing the operating mode of the PLC including the setting of the startup operating mode Force setting force resetting any bit in memory Changing the present value of any word or any set value in memory When replacing parts be sure to confirm that the rating of a new part is correct Not doing so may result in malfunction or burning D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 21 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 22 Do not touch the Expansion I O Unit Connecting Cable while the power is being supplied in order to prevent malfunction due to static electricity Do
166. al USB port eeeseeeeee 6 5 CompoBus S I O Link Unit 2 12 8 52 DIMENSIONS iiec 00e sin erra Pav coxa avene Few Era saute A 8 Node number Determination and DIP switch settings 8 56 Part names and functions 8 52 Specifications ssseeenenen 8 54 WINN ERR ET EM 8 56 A 30 Words allocation 8 55 Connecting by USB 4 8 Connecting Expansion 1 0 Units 5 12 8 IUE ico RR 6 5 6 11 CPU Unit Common I O specifications uses 3 10 Dimensions 000scccecceecceeeceeeeeesseeseeeeseeeeeaaeesesees A 2 E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units 3 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units 3 6 Mileie pe HE 2 4 Part names and functions 3 2 3 6 Terminal arrangements 3 4 3 8 Unit version cesses 2 8 Lulli en LI A 9 CPU Units Model numbers 2 4 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE Current consumption Analog O Unit 23 22 1 oinnes 8 24 Analog Input Unit rotes 8 3 Analog Output Unit 8 14 CPU UNIT pe aa 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 16 Expansion I O Unit 2 17 Expansion rit oret ees 2 17 Temperature Sensor Unit 8 37 COX PrOQrammoer esses ee Hee ne citis Installation U
167. allocated from A436 00 in order starting from the Unit nearest the CPU Unit CP1W TS002 and CP1W TS102 Temperature Sensor Units are allocated two bits each Use these flags in the program when it is necessary to detect Expansion Unit Expansion I O Unit errors When an error occurs the Temperature Sensor Unit data becomes 7FFF hex the same as for an open circuit detection With an open circuit detection it is not reflected in word A436 5 Programming Example E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit a The following programming example shows how to convert the input data from 2 temperature sensor inputs to BCD and store the result in DO and D1 SHU 1Jo0sues ounjejoduio p 8 CP1W TS001 101 x s Peer Unit Temperature Sensor Unit Temperature unit 0 C fons CIO 2 Number of decimal places 0 normal CIO 3 Input range setting 1 K 0 0 to 500 0 C Input O CIO 2 Outputs CIO 100 N Input 1 CIO 3 CIO 101 one uonejedo 10 MO 4 r v 8 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 43 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion l O Units Always ON P On M 002 7FFE T Detects completion of input 0 initialization EQ L Always ON WO0 00 ON when input 0 has been initialized P_On CMP Detects completion of input 1 initialization i 7FFE
168. ammable Backlight NV3W MG20L 0 2A m Terminal Green Orange Red Backlight NV3W MR20L 0 2A E White Pink Red 2 18 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Part Names and Functions This section describes the part names function specifications and terminal arrange ments of the CP1E CPU Unit and other Units 3 1 CPU Uhils cetur err rua eme eme eme 3 2 3 1 1 E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units 3 2 3 1 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units 3 6 3 1 3 Common I O Specifications 3 10 3 1 4 Optional Serial Communications Port for N NA type CPU Units 3 16 3 2 Expansion I O Units 3 20 3 2 1 Expansion Input Unit 3 20 3 2 2 Expansion Output Units 3 21 3 2 3 Expansion VO Units ss aiir eain na senda esate GR RR RR eee ete 3 23 3 2 4 WO Specifications 3 25 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 3 1 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions 3 1 3 1 1 CPU Units This section describes the names of the C
169. apacitor must be 200 to 300 V If the circuit is an AC circuit use a capacitor with no polarity T Diode method The diode connected in parallel with the The reversed dielectric strength value of load changes energy accumulated by the diode must be at least 10 times as 2 20 the coil into a current which then flows large as the circuit voltage value The for 8 OK into the coil so that the current will be ward current of the diode must be the d Bower ds g converted into Joule heat by the resis same as or larger than the load current S tance of the inductive load The reversed dielectric strength value of This time lag between the moment the the diode may be two to three times larger circuit is opened and the moment the than the supply voltage if the surge pro load is reset caused by this method is tector is applied to electronic circuits with e longer than that caused by the CR low circuit voltages i method Varistor method The varistor method prevents the impo m sition of high voltage between the con o r o 04 tacts by using the constant voltage o H tage 8 OK OK characteristic of the varistor There is i L ro time lag between the moment the circuit o 9 y Power 4 i is opened and the moment the load is 3 reset a m T If the supply voltage is 24 or 48 V insert B the varistor in parallel with the load If o the supply voltage is 100 to 200 V insert the varistor between the contacts 2 3 5 Ins
170. apacity 100 mA 4 5 to 26 4 VDC Minimum switching capacity 7 mA 4 5 to 26 4 VDC Maximum output frequency 100 kHz Output waveform OFF 9096 l ON 109 J L El J EN HE M a 4us min 2us min The OFF and ON refer to the output transistor The output transistor is ON at level L EN Additional Information The load for the above values is assumed to be the resistive load and does not take into account the impedance for the connecting cable to the load Due to distortions in pulse waveforms resulting from connecting cable impedance the pulse widths in actual operation may be smaller than the values shown above PWM Output CIO 100 01 Item Specification Maximum switching capacity 30 mA 4 5 to 26 4 VDC Maximum output frequency 32 kHz PWM output accuracy For ON duty 1 0 10 kHz output For ON duty 5 0 0 to 32 kHz output Output waveform OFF ON ON duty m x 100 The OFF and ON refer to the output transistor The output transistor is ON at level L 3 14 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions Analog I O NA type CPU Units The NA type CPU Units of the CP1E CPU Units are equipped with 2 built in analog inputs and 1 built in analog output Analog Input Specification
171. at combine the analog input O and 1 and analog output signal ranges as shown below Range code Analog rae 0 signal Analog iens 1 signal Analog aha signal 000 10 to 10 V 10 to 10 V 10 to 10 V 001 0 to 10 V 0 to 10 V O to 10V 010 1 to 5 V 4 to 20 mA 1 to 5 V 4 to 20 mA 1to5V 011 0 to 5 V 0 to 20 mA 0 to 5 V 0 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA 100 4 to 20 mA D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 33 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr syun o i Bojeuy 8 uonejedo 10 MOlH 8 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units 15 8765 4 3 2 1 0 wordn 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 LJ LI NNO Analog Analog Analog output input 1 input O Example The following instructions set analog input O to 4 to 20 mA analog input 1 to 0 to 10 V and the analog output to 10 to 10 V First Cycle Flag A200 11 Analog input 0 4 to 20 mA Analog input 1 0 to 10 V Analog output 10 to 10 V e The Analog I O Unit will not start converting analog I O values until the range code has been written Inputs will be 0000 and 0 V or 0 mA will be output After the range code has been set 0 V or 0 mA will be output for the O to 10V 10 to 10V or O to 20mA ranges and 1 V or 4 mA will be output for the 1 to 5V and 4 to 20mA ranges until a convertible value has been written to the output word Once the range code has been set it is n
172. at the destination when you transfer the program or I O memory or perform procedures to change the I O memory Devices connected to PLC outputs may incorrectly operate regardless of the operat ing mode of the CPU Unit With an E type CPU Unit or with an N NA type CPU Unit without a Battery the con tents of the DM Area D Holding Area H the Counter Present Values C the status of Counter Completion Flags C and the status of bits in the Auxiliary Area A related to clock functions may be unstable when the power supply is turned ON This does not apply to areas backed up to EEPROM using the DM backup function If the DM backup function is being used be sure to use one of the following methods for initialization 1 Clearing All Areas to All Zeros Select the Clear Held Memory HR DM CNT to Zero Check Box in the Startup Data Read Area in the PLC Setup 2 Clearing Specific Areas to All Zeros or Initializing to Specific Values Make the settings from a ladder program If the data is not initialized the unit or device may operate unexpectedly because of unstable data Execute online edit only after confirming that no adverse effects will be caused by extending the cycle time Otherwise the input signals may not be readable Tighten the screws on the terminal block of the AC power supply section to the torque specified in the user s manual The loose screws may result in burning or malfunction
173. bleshooting Error codes and remedies if a problem occurs 2 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Manual Configuration The CP1E CPU manuals are organized in the sections listed in the following tables Refer to the appro priate section in the manuals as required CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W479 This Manual Section Contents Section 1 Overview and Specifica tions This section gives an overview of the CP1E describes its features and provides its specifications Section 2 Basic System Configura tion and Devices This section describes the basic system configuration and unit models of the CP1E Section 3 Part Names and Functions This section describes the part names and functions of the CPU Unit Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units in a CP1E PLC Section 4 Programming Device This section describes the features of the CX Programmer used for pro gramming and debugging PLCs as well as how to connect the PLC with the Programming Device by USB Section 5 Installation and Wiring This section describes how to install and wire CP1E Units Section 6 Troubleshooting This section describes how to troubleshoot problems that may occur with a CP1E PLC including the error indications provided by the CP1E Units Section 7 Maintenance and In
174. both of the cover s up down lock levers at the same time to unlock the cover and then pull the cover out Then to mount the Option Board check the alignment and firmly press it in until it snaps into place H Precautions for Correct Use Always turn OFF the power supply to the PLC before mounting or removing an Option Board 3 16 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions Built in RS 232C Port and CP1W CIF01 RS 232C Option Board Front Rear Communications status indicator CPU Unit connector COMM SHUN Nd9 L E RS 232C connector e RS 232C Connector i Pin Abbr Signal Signal direction 1 FG Frame ground E 2 SD TXD Send data Outputs E pem 3 RD RXD Receive data Inputs 5 3 3 4 RS RTS Request to send Outputs kd 5 CS CTS Clear to send Inputs 9 6 5V Power 3 7 DR DSR Data set ready Inputs 3 8 ER DTR Data terminal ready Outputs 2 9 SG 0V Signal ground i Connector hood FG Frame ground Note The following devices can be connected to pin 6 5V on the built in RS 232C port on the CPU Unit or the RS 232C Option Board CP1W CIF01 mounted to the CPU Unit Do not connect pin 6 to any other device T e RS 422A CJ1W CIF11 Conversion Adapter 8 e RS 232C RS 422A NT ALOO1 Conver
175. cators H ipe H Output indicators Output terminals Le CDOutput terminals e e c y wo D D 32 point Output Units m CP1W 32ER ET ET1 9 o 2 xt o o Output indicators Q S Output terminals Expansion I O S connecting cable UNT TISSUES i a Ego ema Geese ee s T Expansion connector Output terminals Le o WU WU 5 Number Name Function Output terminals Used to connect output devices 2 Expansion I O con This is a connection cable to connect the adjacent CPU Unit Expansion I O necting cable Unit or Expansion Unit For extended connections or vertical arrangements use the CP1W CN811 I O Connecting Cable length 800 mm Output indicators Output status is displayed An indicator will be ON when output is ON a Expansion connector CP series Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units can be connected Refer to 5 2 4 Connecting Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 3 21 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions Terminal Arrangements The first word of output words allocated to the Expansion Output Unit is indicated by CIO n 8 point Output Units CP1W 8EL1 Unit Upper Terminal Block Unit Lower Terminal Block COM Common terminal 00to 07 Output terminal 04 s clon 16 point Output Units CP1W 16ET1
176. ches and sensors can be connected Ground terminal Protective ground To prevent electric shock ground to 100 Q or less Functional ground DA If noise is a significant source of errors or if electrical shock is a problem connect to the protective ground terminal and ground both with a ground of 1000 or less AC power supply only 9 Expansion I O Unit connec CP series Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units such as Analog I O tor Units and Temperature Sensors can be connected Refer to 5 2 4 Connecting Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units Output indicators yellow Output status is displayed An indicator will be ON when the output is ON KD Output terminal block This is the terminal block for outputs such as relay outputs transistor outputs and the external power supply output 43 Output terminals Loads such as lamps contactors and solenoid valves can be con nected B External power supply ter The external supply terminals output up to 300 mA max at 24 VDC minals They can be used as a service power supply for input devices AC power supply only Battery cover for N NA type A Battery can be installed by opening the cover Battery is optional CPU Units a Built in RS 232C communi This indicator will be flashing when the built in RS 232C port is in com cations status indicator munication mode D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31
177. ck Meca CIO n 1 O lal o e o 2 Q N eo te Q o E eo oa e o L O suieJjBeiq BuulM z v Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1W 16ET1 Unit Upper Terminal Block T NC com COM J 06 COM lon a 07 F e suun O UoISUEdXZ z z v D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 19 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Inputs not provided unit Lower Terminal BIOK Creole NC 00 02 04 05 07 NC CIO n 1 32 point Output Units Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Inputs not provided Relay Outputs CP1W 32ER Unit Upper Terminal Block CIO n CIO n 1 g Wed LT cA TOT a MU NC COM COM COM COM 05 07 COM 02 COM 05 07 NC NC NC 00 01 02 03 04 06 00 01 03 04 06 NC NC NC OO QaooOoOoOoOOoO0O0 4 4r E 4 V JN J clon CIO n 1 Unit Lower Terminal Block CIO n 2
178. cted When a two level layout is created by expansion and distance is required CP1E E10D0 0 CP1E E14D0 A Expansion Units and 1 0 Connecting Cable CP1E E20DLI A z CP1E CPU Unit Expansion I O Units a H Precautions for Correct Use For CP1E CPU Units the following I O memory area will be unstable after a power interruption DM Area D excluding words backed up to the EEPROM using the DM function Holding Area H Counter Present Values and Completion Flags C Auxiliary Area related to clock functions A Mount the CP1W BATO1 Battery sold separately to an N NA type CPU Unit if data in the above areas need to be retained after a power interruption A Battery cannot be mounted to an E type CPU Unit 2 2 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 1 2 Basic System Configuration Using an N NA type CPU Unit The system configuration when using a CP1E N NA type CPU Unit is shown below Battery CP1W BATO1 CS y d d CP1E CPU Unit Expansion I O Units Expansion Units DIN Track uoneinfyuo9 uiejs S oIseg L Z
179. cted A value of OAOA hex will be stored in properly A404 Check the Unit connections to be sure they are ok e g that there is no damage After correcting the problem turn ON the power to the Units again e Reference Error flag I O Bus Error Flag A401 14 Error code A400 80CA Error information I O Bus Error Details A404 Too Many I O Points Error The number of CP series Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units connected exceeds the restriction for the number of Units or words for the system configuration Turn OFF the power supply and reconfigure the system within the restrictions Cause Remedy The number of CP series Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units exceeds the restriction A value of 4000 hex will be stored in A407 Connect a maximum of three Expansion Units or Expan sion I O Units to a CPU Unit with 30 or 40 I O points 6 8 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr e Reference 6 Troubleshooting Error flag Too Many I O Points Flag A401 11 Error code A400 80E1 Error information Too Many I O Points Details A407 Program Errors A program error indicates a problem with the user program Refer to the error information check the program and correct the mistakes Clear the error once the problem has been corrected Cause Instruction Proc
180. ctronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units b CP1W TS102 Up to four Pt100 or JPt100 platinum resistance thermometers can be connected to the CP1W TS102 but all four of the thermometers must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for each Input O Input 1 Input 1 NC Input 2 Input 3 Input 3 A A B A A B Input O Input O Input 1 NC Input 2 Input 2 Input 3 B B B B B B a ca a el Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature input O input 1 input 2 input 3 H Precautions for Correct Use Do not connect anything to terminals not used for inputs 4 Create the ladder program 1 Words Allocation Temperature Sensor Units are allocated words just like other CP series as Expansion Units or Expansion I O Units i e in order of connection A Temperature Sensor Unit is allocated the next input words following the input words of the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit Two input words are allocated to the 2 input CP1W TS001 or CP1W TS101 and four input words are allocated to the 4 input CP1W TS002 or CP1W TS102 No output words are allocated Example 1 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit SHU 1J0sues ounjejoduio p 8 CPU Unit CP1W TS001 101 Temperature Sensor Unit Input word CIO 2 addresses ClO 3 Outpu
181. cur PLC operation program execution will stop and all outputs from the Units will be turned OFF A CPU error watchdog timer error or CPU on standby A fatal error memory error I O bus error too many I O points error program error cycle time exceeded error or FALS error Be sure to add any circuits necessary outside of the PLC to ensure the safety of the system in the event of an error that stops PLC operation Safety Circuit after a Malfunction When an Output Remains ON It is possible for an output to remain ON due to a malfunction in the internal circuitry of the Output Unit such as a relay or transistor malfunction Always add any circuits necessary outside of the PLC to ensure the safety of the system in the event that an output fails to go OFF External Interlock Circuits When the PLC controls operation such as the clockwise and counterclockwise operation of a motor and if there is any possibility of an accident or mechanical damage due to faulty PLC operation provide an external interlock such as the one shown below to prevent both the forward and reverse outputs from turning ON at the same time Example Interlock Circuits A circuit like the one shown in the dia IEE gram on the left is required to prevent MC2 Motor i 100 00 i clockwise outputs MC1 and MC2 from both being l operanon ON at the same time even if both PLC outputs CIO 100 00 and CIO 100 01 100 01 MCI Motor are both ON
182. d in a list as candidates Automatic Symbol Candidate Function Bit a7 Eu Lo EZIE gt 100 02 T Auxiliary Relay Ai ai i ELE Condition flags are displayed di Address Name Comment in a list as candidates o 0 CF113 P_On Always ON Flag c 1 CF114 P Off Always OFF Flag E 2 CF102 P 1s 1 0 second clock p o 3 CF103 P_0_02s 0 02 second clock o 4 CF100 P 0 1s 0 1 second clock p a gt 5 CF101 P 2s 0 2 second clock p gt 6 CF104 P 1min 1 minute clock puls o 7 CFOO6 P_EQ Equals EQ Flag 8 CF005 P GT Greater Than GT O 3 CF007 P_LT Less Than LT Flag X a o Q g 3 3 When inputting symbol names symbol candidates are automatically displayed based on the first letter Example Enter 1 The symbols with addresses A that start with an 1 are displayed in a list DO w xiliary Relay Area Address Name Comment lt a 1 01 SW Start 1 02 SW Stop 10 01 SENSOR Left 10 02 SENSOR Right 100 00 LAMP Blue 100 01 LAMP Green 100 02 LAMP Red 100 03 LAMP Yellow D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 4 5 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 4 Programming Device Instructions Can Be Copied with Automatic Address Incrementing Automatic Address Incrementing A copied group of ladder instructions can be pasted with a specified address offs
183. d3e fr www d3e fr suieJjBeiq BuulM z v suu Ndd LcVv Appendices CPU Units with 60 I O Points Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram All Models Relay Outputs CP1E N60DR O CIO 100 CIO 101 r AC Power Supply CP1E N60DOD A DC Power Supply CP1E N60DLILI D cio0 CIO 102 s p D gt 2 5666660 00 01 02 04 05 07 00 02 04 05 07 00 02 04 05 07 COM COM COM 03 COM 06 COM 01 03 COM 06 COM 01 03 COM OF mpm F f M epep e e r I I E k D avoc d 9 9 Oo j l 4 9 9 o 3 R Q 4 ol ol ol ol o ol ol ol ol o ol ol ol ol o Th E Le ts La tea Pe i ARIS eee T d onen bulen ril rt e L1 L2N coM o1 o3 os 07 o9 11 01 o3 o 07 o9 11 f o1 o3 05 oz 09 11 1 1 4 A amp 00 02 04 06 08 10 f 00 o2 04 o o8 10 00 o2 04 o6 o8 10 DC Power Supply NC if vc Icom CIO 100 CIO 101 CIO 102 9 9 9 OF 9 9 9 OF 9 9 9 o on al al al o i sl el ol ol o o ol ol NeoDR D no oo
184. dder program output bit is controlled by only one instruction 3 Malfunction due to noise Take protective measures against noise such as Install surge protector Install insulation transformer Use shielded cables between the output terminal and the load 4 Terminal block screws are loose Tighten screws 8 Error occurs in units of 8 1 Common terminal screws are loose Tighten screws points or 16 points i e for 2 An overcurrent possibly caused by a Replace Unit the same common short at the load resulted in a blown fuse for the output 3 Faulty data bus Replace Unit 4 Faulty CPU Replace CPU Unit 9 Output indicator does not Faulty indicator Replace Unit light during normal opera tion D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 6 Troubleshooting 6 2 3 Built in Analog Symptom Cmm Remedy Refer to 6 1 10 ERR ALM indicator is lit A non fatal error has occurred Analog Input No Symptom Cause Remedy 1 Conversion data does not 1 The input is not set for being Check PLC setup set analog input to change used Use and restart CP1E CPU Unit 2 The input wiring is wrong Correct wiring according to 3 1 3 3 The input device is not working Using a tester check to see if the input voltage or curr
185. e CPU Units CP1E N NALILIDLI LI Derating curve of the output load current for Expansion I O Units CP1W 8ER 16ER 20EDR1 32ER 40EDR Connected to CP1E N30DR D 100 Power voltage 21 6 VDC Power voltage 20 4 VDC 0 35 45 55 C Ambient temperature Connected to CP1E N60DR D CP1E N60DTLI D 100 Power voltage 21 6VDC 50 Power voltage 20 4VDC o 40 45 55 C Ambient temperature D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE Connected to CP1E N40DR D 100 voltage 50 21 6 VDC voltage 20 4 VDCI 0 30 45 50 55 C Ambient temperature Connected to CP1E NA20DTLI D 100 Power voltage 21 6VDC 50 7 2 T Power voltage l l 20 4VDC 0 40 45 55 C Ambient temperature Connected to CP1E NSODTLI D 100 Power voltage 216VDC 50 ET al Power voltage l 20 4 VDC 35 45 55 C Ambient temperature 0 Connected to CP1E NA20DR A 100 80 o 1 0 50 55 C Ambient temperature 100 50 0 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Connected to CP1E N40DTO D Power voltage 21 6VDC Power voltage 20 4VDC 35 45 55 C Ambient temperature 3 27 sun O I uoisuedxz Z suomneoyioeds O I t 2 3 Part Names and Functions Outp
186. e a bad influence Bu E G Isolation Transformer The PLC s internal noise isolation circuits are sufficient to control typical noise in power supply lines Ground noise can be further reduced by providing the power supply through a 1 1 isolating trans former Do not ground the secondary coil of the transformer WARNING Tighten the AC power supply terminal screws to a torque of 0 5 N m Loose screws may result in fire or malfunction sour punosy pue Ajddns semog BuulM z e s H Precautions for Correct Use e Loose pieces of wires may fall in the area when wiring To prevent these pieces from entering into the Unit leave the label on the top of the Unit while wiring Remove the label after the completion of wiring to ensure proper heat dissipation The power supply terminals are located at the top of the Unit Do not connect a power supply to the 24 VDC external supply terminals on the bottom of the Unit Internal circuits may be damaged if power is supplied to these terminals D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 5 15 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring Wiring DC Power Supply and Ground 24VDC M DS MwccCB Upper Terminal Block COM 01 03 05 07 09 11 01 03 05 07 09 tt GR Protective ground terminal Gr
187. e following are some examples of applications for which particular attention must be given This is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all possible uses of the products nor is it intended to imply that the uses listed may be suitable for the products Outdoor use uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference or conditions or uses not described in this manual Nuclear energy control systems combustion systems railroad systems aviation systems medical equipment amusement machines vehicles safety equipment and installations subject to separate industry or government regulations Systems machines and equipment that could present a risk to life or property Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to the products NEVER USE THE PRODUCTS FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCTS ARE PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM PROGRAMMABLE PRODUCTS OMRON shall not be responsible for the user s programming of a programmable product or any consequence thereof D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 13 Disclaimers CHANGE IN SPECIFICATIONS
188. e range the open circuit detection is cleared automatically and the output returns to the normal range suoneoyedg L 8 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 5 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 0 Units 8 1 4 Flow of Operation Connect Analog Input Units Wire to analog output devices 1 Connect and wire Units 2 Create a tadder program Write set data to output words n 1 n 2 i Set use of inputs Select input signals using range codes e Set use of averaging Read A D conversion values from input words m 1 to m 4 For current inputs confirm that there is no open circuit e Writing Set Data and Reading A D Conversion Values CPU Unit Analog Input Unit Ladder program Word n1 Set data inputs 1 2 Word n 2 Set data inputs 3 4 Word m 1 Analog input 1 conversion value Analog output devices Temperature sensor Word m 2 Analog input 2 conversion value Reads the conversion value l The last input word allocated to the l Other devices CPU Unit or already connected l l l les ape sot data ase Writes the set data use l of inputs averaging Word m 4 Analog input 4 conversion value H gps range codes ll rm Voltage current meter Expansi
189. e the same electrical potential DIP Switch for Operation Settings Pin Setting ON OFF 1 Terminating resistance selec Terminating resistance connected Terminating resistance tion both ends of transmission path not connected 2 2 wire or 4 wire selection 2 wire connections 4 wire connections 3 2 wire or 4 wire selection 2 wire connections 4 wire connections 4 Not used 5 RS control selection for RD 2 RS control enabled RS control disabled Data always received 6 RS control selection for SD 3 RS control enabled RS control disabled Data always sent 1 Set both pins 2 and 3 to either ON 2 wire or OFF 4 wire 2 To disable the echo back function set pin 5 to ON RS control enabled 8 When connecting to a device on the N side in a 1 N connection with the 4 wire method set pin 6 to ON RS control enabled Also when using 2 wire connections set pin 6 to ON RS control enabled A 40 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices e Dimensions 5 8 38 8 18 2 NT AL001 RS 232C RS 422A Conversion Unit The NT AL001 RS 232C RS 422A Conversion Unit is used to connect a device with RS 232C terminals to a device with RS 422A terminals A cable is used to connect the built in RS 232C port of the CP1
190. ection Set a password using the CX Programmer Overwrite protection function not included Write protection from FINS commands This function prohibits writing by using FINS commands sent over the network D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 1 13 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr suopneoyioeds L suoleoyioads yeuonoun4 L Basic System Configuration and E Devices This section describes the basic system configuration and device models of the CP1E 2 1 Basic System Configuration 2 2 2 1 1 Basic System Configuration Using an E type CPU Unit 2 2 2 1 2 Basic System Configuration Using an N NA type CPU Unit 2 3 2 2 CPU Units cone R eR IU Rl S nat denses 2 4 2 2 1 CPU Unit Models ense ene rhb ieee ER m E DO D Roni bes 2 4 2 2 2 Optional Products isses see RI state aE a a a ae eal 2 7 2 2 3 Unit Versions of CPU Units 2 8 2 3 Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit 2 10 2 3 1 Expandable CPU Units 2 10 2 3 2 Connection Methods 2 10 2 3 3 Maximum Number of I O Points for an Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit 222 niue EET RM ERE Ier Ru eae RUE RES 2 10 2 3 4 Expansion I O Uni
191. ed 8 Not used Hood Frame ground FG H Precautions for Correct Use Connecting the Cable Turn OFF the PLC s power supply before connection or disconnecting twisted pair cable Allow enough space for the bending radius of the twisted pair cable SHUN dO d YN N 10 Od suoneorunuuio BYES jeuondO t L D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 3 19 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions 3 2 Expansion I O Units This section describes the names of the Expansion I O Unit parts and provides the input specifications and terminal arrangement Refer to A 1 Dimensions for the dimensions A 2 Wiring Diagrams for the wiring diagrams 3 2 1 Expansion Input Unit Part Names and Functions 8 point Input Units CP1W 8ED input terminals Expansion 1 0 A OM or 03 connecting cable I EG a oases input indicators ITEM 08 09 10 11 8ED e 4 Expansion connector input indicators input terminals Number Name Function Input terminals Used to connect input devices Expansion I O connecting This is a connection cable to connect the adjacent CPU Unit Expansion cable I O Unit or Expansion Unit For extended connections or vertical arrange ments use the CP1W CN811 I O Connecting Cable length 800 mm Input
192. ed for longer than 50 hours Battery free operation if no battery is attached Only data in the built in EEPROM will be retained if power is interrupted for longer than 40 hours D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 1 Overview and Specifications H Precautions for Correct Use For CP1E CPU Units the following I O memory area will be unstable after a power interruption DM Area D excluding words backed up to the EEPROM using the DM function Holding Area H Counter Present Values and Completion Flags C Auxiliary Area related to clock functions A Mount the CP1W BAT01 Battery sold separately to an N NA type CPU Unit if data in the above areas need to be retained after a power interruption A Battery cannot be mounted to an E type CPU Unit M9IAJ9 O 31d9 b b se1njeeJj c L L 1 1 2 Features System Configuration CP1E CPU Unit An N type CPU Unit with 40 I O Points is shown here CX Programmer USB port CP1W BATO1 Battery sold separately Power supply and input terminals Can be mounted only to N NA type CPU Units Expansion Units Can be mounted to E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units Qa h T Commercially E s available USB i d cable h g E E a
193. ed if both the RUN indicator is lit and the ERR ALM indicator is flashing during operation i e in RUN or MONITOR mode CPU Unit Indicators Not lit W Flashing X Lit POWER jet POWER RUN X EH ERR ALM RUN x Bl INH ERR AL PRPHL E C1 INH BKUP L Irrelevant PRPHL LJ BKUP H Information on the non fatal errors can be obtained from the Errors Tab Page of the CX Program mer s PLC Errors Window Take corrective actions after checking error details using the display messages and the Auxiliary Area Error Flags and error information e Errors are listed in order with the most serious errors first f two or more errors occur at the same time the most serious error code will be stored in A400 Errors Created with FAL Instructions Cause Remedy A FAL instruction was executed in the program to Check the conditions for executing FAL instructions and create a non fatal error remove any causes of the user defined error The executed FAL number 001 to 511 will be stored in A360 to A391 The number 4 will be added to the front of 101 to 2FF which correspond to executed FAL numbers 001 to 511 and the result will be stored in A400 as error code 4101 to 42FF Reference Error flag FAL Error Flag A402 15 Error code A400 4101 to 42FF Error information Backup Memory Error Remedy Cause Writing to the backup memory built in EEPROM fa
194. ent is changing 4 there is a disconnection Check A434 00 ADO or A434 01 s AD1 flug open circuit disconnec e tion S o 2 Value does not change as 1 The input signal range setting is Correct the input signal range setting intended wrong and restart CP1E CPU Unit 9 2 The input device s signal range Check the specifications of the input a does not match the input signal device match the settings for the S range for the relevant input num input signal ranges and restart CP1E m ber at the CP1E CPU Unit CPU Unit a 3 When using the 4 mA to 20 mA Short VIN and I IN terminal isi range the VIN and IN terminal is not shorten 3 Conversion values are The input signals are being affected Insert a 0 01 uF to 0 1 uF ceramic Inconsistent by external noise capacitor or film capacitor between the input s VIN I IN and COM termi nals eo Use averaging function 4 gt Analog Output 2 o No Symptom Cause Remedy S 1 Analog output does not 1 The output is not set for being Check PLC setup set analog output change used to Use and restart CP1E CPU Unit 2 The conversion value is set out Set the data within the range side of the permissible range 10 to 10V F448 to OBB8 Hex Other ranges 0000 to 1770 Hex 2 Output does not change as 1 The output signal range setting is Correct the output signal range set intended wrong ting and restart CP1E CPU unit 2 The Analog I O specifications of Change the output device
195. er on the input section and the power supply uonejedo jo MO 4 v L 8 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 7 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units EN Additional Information Refer to the following information on open circuits when using voltage inputs For example if connected device 2 is outputting 5 V and the same power supply is being used for both devices as shown above approximately 1 3 or 1 6 V will be applied to the input for input device 1 If a wiring disconnection occurs when voltage input is being used the situation described below will result Either separate the power supplies for the connected devices or use an isolator for each input f the same power supply is being used by the connected devices and a disconnection occurs at points A or B in the above diagram an unwanted circuit path will occur as shown along the dotted line in the diagram If that occurs a voltage of approximately 1 3 to 1 2 of the output voltage of the other connected device will be generated If that voltage is generated while the setting is for 1 to 5 V open circuit detection may not be pos sible f a disconnection occurs at point C in the diagram the negative side will be used for both devices and open circuit detection will not be possible This problem will not occur for
196. errors occurs at the CPU Unit and the analog output is set to 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA 0 V or 0 mA will be output For any other fatal errors at the CPU Unit 1 V or 4 mA will be output Expansion Unit and Expansion I O Unit errors are output to bits 0 to 5 of word A436 for units 1 to 3 The bits are allocated from A436 00 in order starting from the Unit nearest the CPU Unit CP1W DA041 is allocated two bits each and CP1W DAO21 is allocated one bit each Use these flags in the probgram when it is necessary to detect errors D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 6 Program Example CP1W DA041 Analog output Outputrange Rangecode Setdata Destination word Outpti OtotOV 001 1001 9hex Wdnet Output 2 4 to 20 mA 100 1100 C hex Wd n 1 Output 3 10 to 10 V 000 1000 8 hex Wd n 2 Output 4 Not used 000 0000 0 hex Wd n 2 First Cycle Flag A200 11 Writes set data C and 9 Writes set data 0 and 8 Always ON Flag P On Execution 0002 T5 condition IK Writes analog output 1 conversion data Execution TS condition Qo N gt 2 2 Execution Writes analog output 2 conversion data e T5 condition o S I 3 S c Writes analog output 3 conversion data 3 o p N A T o z 9 TD
197. es an overview of the CP1E describes its features and provides its specifications 1 1 CP1E Overview 4 sssssusss 1 2 1 1 1 Overview of Features 24248808 ede eo as wand vag de esc uem ass 1 2 1 1 2 grasp e debate nent OU a a a deu 1 3 1 2 Basic Operating Procedure 1 8 1 3 Specifications 1 9 1 3 1 General Specifications 1 9 1 3 2 Characteristics e nepos deg edt bbb de abe lens bd ANR EN oe 1 10 1 3 3 Functional Specifications 1 12 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 1 1 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 1 Overview and Specifications 1 1 1 1 1 CP1E Overview Overview of Features The SYSMAC CP1E Programmable Controller is a package type PLC made by OMRON that is designed for easy application The CP1E includes E type CPU Units basic models for standard con trol operations using basic movement arithmetic and comparison instructions and N NA type CPU Units application models that supports connections to Programmable Terminals Inverters and Servo
198. essing Error A295 08 turns ON The instruction could not be executed because of incorrect operand data and the ER Flag was turned ON Only when the Stop CPU on Instruction Error parameter in the PLC Setup is set to Stop Remedy Refer to A298 and A299 instruction program address when the program fails check the specifications for the relevant instruction and set the correct operand data e Set the PLC Setup to not stop operation for an instruc tion error Indirect DM Addressing BCD Error A295 09 turns ON The operand of indirect DM Area addressing in BCD Mode did not contain a BCD value when the instruc tion was executed and the AER Flag was turned ON Only when the Stop CPU on Instruction Error parameter in the PLC Setup is set to Stop Refer to A298 and A299 instruction program address when the program fails and correctly set the content for the indirectly addressed DM operand BCD mode to BCD or change the specified destination Alterna tively change the indirect addressing to binary mode e Set the PLC Setup to not stop operation for an instruc tion error Illegal Area Access Error A295 10 turns ON The AER flag is ON because an illegal area was specified for access when executing the instruction Only when the Stop CPU on Instruction Error parameter in the PLC Setup is set to Stop The following operations are considered illegal access Reading writing the parameter area Writing
199. et e g 16 bits t 0 00 t001 wo 00 G 100 00 1 H t V4 MOv 021 Move D100 Source word Instructions can be reused with automatic address incrementing D200 Destination Bit address Word address m e g 10 Move Source word Destination Automatic Generation of Symbol Names and 1 0 Comments If there is a symbol name or I O comment when instructions are copied new symbols and I O com ments will also be automatically generated LAMP Blue O Example Example Sensor 02 was automatically LAMP_Blue_1 was automatically generated from symbol name Sensor01 generated from symbol name LAMP Blue M I Example ALARM 1 was automatically generated from symbol name ALARM Automatic address incrementing DIR TERRE ND 4 6 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 4 Programming Device 4 1 5 Installing the Software This section provides a simple description of how to install the CX Programmer on the hard disk of a computer Preparing for Installation Check the following items before beginning with the installation Available Hard Disk Space The CX Programmer can be installed on the hard disk only At least 600 MB of hard disk space is required Make sure that there is enough space available e Windows Environment and Installation Destination
200. g device that applies for programming and debugging PLCs The CX Programmer includes the Micro PLC Edition CX Programmer CX One Lite the CX Programmer CX One and the CX Programmer for CP1E This manual describes the unique applications and functions of the Micro PLC Edition CX Programmer version 9 03 or higher CX Programmer for CP1E CX Programmer refers to the Micro PLC Edition CX Programmer version 9 03 or higher CX Programmer for CP1E in this manual Note E20 30 40 and N20 30 40 CPU Units are supported by CX Programmer version 8 2 or higher E10 14 N14 60 and NA20 CPU Units are supported by CX Programmer version 9 03 or higher D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Sections in this Manual Overview and Specifications Basic System Configuration and Devices Part Names and Functions Programming Device Installation and Wiring Troubleshooting Maintenance and Inspection Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Appendices D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 7 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr CONTENTS DEER 0 8 LP reno 4 RER E CP1E CPU Unit Mariuals sssssuv ssocesnenenannenannestenenennaineiainesennennnsan Manual Structure f Safety PrECAUTIONS uoci
201. g max 0 27A 0 02A 485g max 0 27A 0 02A 485g max 0 21A 0 09A 660g max 0 31A 0 02A 630g max 0 31A 0 02A 630g max 0 21A 0 09A 575g max 0 31A 0 02A 545g max 0 31A 0 02A 545g max 0 21A 0 13A 850g max 0 31A 0 02A 790g max 0 31A 0 02A 790g max 0 21A 0 13A 720g max 0 31A 0 02A 670g max 0 31A 0 02A 670g max Weight 680g max 0 23A 0 09A 500g max 0 23A D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 0 09A 500g max 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 2 2 Optional Products Optional Products for CPU Units N Current D Name and appearance Model number Applications consumption Weight S 5 VDC 24 VDC RS 232C Option Board CP1W CIFO1 Mounted in the option slot of an N30 40 60 or Includ Includ a NA20 CPU Unit and can be used as an RS ing in ing in 232C port CPU CPU Non isolated RS 422A 485 CP1W CIF11 Mounted in the option slot of an N30 40 60 or Includ Includ fs Option Board NA20 CPU Unit and can be used as an RS ing in ing in 422A 485 port CPU CPU 2 T Maximum transmission distance 50 m 2 mm 2 D Isolated RS 422A 485 Option CP1W CIF12 Mounted in the option slot of an N30 40 60 or 0 075A 30g 8 Board NA20 CPU Unit and can be used as an RS S 4
202. general use the following procedure 1 Setting Devices and Hardware Connect the CPU Unit Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units Set the DIP switches on the Option Board and Expansion Units as required Refer to Section 3 Part Names and Functions and Section 5 Installation and Wiring in the CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W479 a ee 2 Wiring Wire the power supply I O and communications Refer to Section 5 Installation and Wiring in the CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W479 8 Connecting Online to the PLC Connect the personal computer online to the PLC Refer to Section 4 Programming Device in the CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W479 4 I O Allocations Y Allocations for built in I O on the CPU Unit are predetermined and memory is allocated automatically to Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units so the user does not have to do anything Refer to Section 6 I O Allocation in the CP1E CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W480 5 Software Setup Make the PLC software settings With a CP1E CPU Unit all you have to do is set the PLC Setup When using an E type CPU Unit or when using an N NA type CPU Unit without a Battery be sure to consider selecting the Clear retained memory area HR DM CNT Check Box in the Startup Data Read Area in the PLC Settin
203. gramming from a project saved in a CXP file on the CX Programmer for CP1E according to the following procedure 1 Start the CX Programmer CX One CX One Lite and CX Programmer for CP1E together 2 Copy the rungs of the program to be used from the Ladder Programming Window of the CX Pro grammer CX One CX One Lite and paste them into the CX Programmer for CP1E EN Additional Information Files created with the CX Programmer for CP1E CXE can be opened with CX Programmer version 8 2 and higher CX Programmer The CX Programmer is a basic software application for creating and debugging PLC programs Programming functions CX Programmer Debugging and maintenance functions PLC Setup CPU Unit parameters D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 4 3 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Aldd 10 So9119q Buiuwei6oiq ejqeorddy 1 7 Jawwesbold XD 2 L 4 Programming Device 4 1 3 Operating Environment and System Configuration The following system is required to operate the CX Programmer Make sure your system provides the following conditions and has the necessary components Item Description Supported computer IBM PC AT or equivalent CD ROM or DVD ROM drive One or more Supported operating systems Windows Vista Windows XP Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 or later CPU Pentium Il 333 MHz or faster RAM 256 M
204. gs Refer to 3 2 4 Initializing I O Memory at Startup and Section 7 PLC Setup in the CP1E CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W480 6 Writing the Programs x Write the programs using the CX Programmer Refer to Section 4 Programming Concepts in the CP1E CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W480 T Checking Operation Check the I O wiring and the Auxiliary Area settings and perform trial operation The CX Programmer can be used for monitoring and debugging Refer to Section 8 Overview and Allocation of Built in Functions in the CP1E CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W480 8 Basic Program Operation Set the operating mode to RUN mode to start operation 1 8 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 1 Overview and Specifications 1 3 Specifications 1 3 1 General Specifications suopneoyioeds L The following table lists the general specifications of CP1E CPU Units AC power supply CP1E LILIEILIDET A Mounted in a panel CPU Unit with 10 I O points CP1E E10DLI L1 90mm x85mm 2 x 66mm DC power supply CP1E LILILILIDEI D Item Model Enclosure Dimensions H x D x W CPU Unit with 14 or 20 I O points CP1E 014D0 0 O20D0 D 90mm x85mm x 86mm e CPU Unit with 30 I O
205. h Computers Using Commercially Available USB Cables The CX Programmer is connected using a commercially available USB cable between the computer s USB port and the built in peripheral USB port of the CP1E D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 1 3 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 1 Overview and Specifications With E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units Add I O by Connecting Expansion I O Units A total of up to three of the following Expansion I O Units can be connected to an E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit The total of three Units must also include Expansion Units 24 input 16 output Unit 32 output Unit 12 input 8 output Unit 16 output Unit 8 input Unit or 8 out put Unit With E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units Add Analog I O or Temperature Inputs by Connecting Expansion Units With an E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit a total of up to three of the following Expansion Units can be connected The total of three Units must also include Expansion I O Units Analog I O Unit Analog Input Unit Analog Output Unit Temperature Sensor Units CompoBus S 1 0 Link Unit Quick response Inputs By setting a built in input to quick response input operation inputs with signal widths as small as 50 us can be read with certainty regardless of the cycle time Up to six quick response inputs can be used Quick response signal to
206. he core to improve anti noise performance A 16 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr A 2 2 Expansion I O Units Appendices The first input word allocated to the Expansion I O Unit is shown as CIO m and the first output word is shown as CIO n 8 point Input Unit Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Unit Upper Terminal Block Unit Lower Terminal Block 24V DC l 2 ur ale T CIO m COM 01 03 04 06 00 02 COM 05 07 The COM terminals on the upper terminal block and the COM terminals on the lower dt Le m terminal block are 24V DCI internally connected Ol but they must also be nn wired externally Output Wiring Diagram Outputs not provided 8 point Output Units Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Inputs not provided Relay Outputs CP1W 8ER Unit Upper Terminal Block Unit Lower Terminal Block clon 04 06 COM 05 07 24VDC__ i T Lo TT es D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 17 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr suieJjBeiq BuulM z v SHUN O uoisuedx3 z z v
207. he unit or device may operate unexpectedly because of unstable data Use the Battery Error Flag or other measures to stop outputs if external out puts are performed from a ladder program based on the contents of the DM Area or other I O memory areas Sufficiently check safety if I O bit status or present values are monitored in the Ladder Section Pane or present values are monitored in the Watch Pane If bits are set reset force set or force reset by inadvertently pressing a shortcut key devices connected to PLC outputs may operate incorrectly regardless of the operat ing mode Program so that the memory area of the start address is not exceeded when using a word address or symbol for the offset For example write the program so that processing is executed only when the indirect specification does not cause the final address to exceed the memory area by using an input comparison instruction or other instruction If an indirect specification causes the address to exceed the area of the start address the system will access data in other area and unexpected operation may occur D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr ACaution Set the temperature range according to the type of temperature sensor con nected to the Unit Temperature data will not be converted correctly if the tem
208. ial PLC Link Master or Serial PLC Link Slave Connection with RS 232C Ports RS 232C connection is also possible when using a Serial PLC Link to connect two CP1E N NA type CPU Units CP1E N NA type CPU Unit CP1E N NA type CPU Unit Built in RS 232C Port or RS 232C Built in RS 232C Port or RS 232C Option Board Option Board Signal Pin Pin Signal FG 1 1 FG SD 2 2 SD R R S RD 3 3 RD B RS 4 4 RS 2 2 3 cs 5 5 cs 3 a 6 6 wv C C DR 7 7 DR ER 8 8 ER SG 9 9 SG Wiring Example Using RS 422A 485 Ports with RS 422A 4 wire Connections CP1E N NA type CPU Unit CP1E N NA type CPU Unit Polled Unit No 0 CJ1M CPU Unit Polled Unit No 1 Built in RS 232C port CJ1W CIF11 RS 422A Conversion Unit CP1W CIF11 RS 422A 485 Option Board CJ1W CIF11 RS 422A Conversion Unit DIP SW DIP SW DIP SW SW1 ON with terminating resistance SW1 OFF no terminating resistance SW1 ON with terminating resistance SW2 OFF 4 wire connection SW2 OFF 4 wire connection SW2 OFF 4 wire connection SWS OFF 4 wire connection SW3 OFF 4 wire connection SW3 OFF 4 wire connection SW4 OFF SW4 OFF SW4 OFF SW5 OFF no RS control for RD SW5 OFF no RS control for RD SW5 OFF no RS control for RD SW6 OFF no RS control for SD SW6 ON with RS control for SD SW6 ON with RS control for SD RS 422A 485 interface
209. ibes the error that has occurred a o ao E 5 6 1 4 Reading Error Log Information If the error status could not be checked when the error occurred it can be checked by reading error log data The following information is stored in the error log Error code This is the same error code as is stored in word A400 Error contents Time of occurrence D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 6 3 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 6 Troubleshooting Error Log Information A maximum of 20 error records will be stored in the error log If more than 20 errors occur the oldest error record in A100 to A104 will be deleted and the 19 records stored in A105 to A199 will be shifted by one with the newest record being stored in A195 to A199 Error code Order of occurrence Error Log Area 4102 1 A100 4 1 02 Error code A101 Error contents A102 Minutes seconds 00F7 2 gt A103 Day hour Time of occurrence A104 Year month gt A105 0 0 F 7 Error code A106 Error contents I A107 Minutes seconds A108 Day hour gt Time of occurrence L A109 Year month J 009D 20 d A195 0 09 D Error code A196 Error contents Le A197 Minutes seconds A198 Day hour Time of occurrence A199 Year month A300 t Error Log Pointer Note CP1E E type CPU Units do not suppo
210. ification c Input voltage 24 VDC 1096 15 a Input impedance 4 7 KQ Input current 5 mA typical ON voltage 14 4 VDC min OFF voltage 5 0 VDC max d ON response time 1 ms max N OFF response time 1 ms max 5 Circuit configuration T n E 3 4 Output indicator g tp 8 de m d The response time is the delay caused by hardware The delay set in the PLC Setup 0 to 32 ms default 8 ms must be added to this value For the CP1W 40EDR EDT EDT1 a fixed value of 16 ms must be added Precautions for Safe Use Do not apply voltage in excess of the rated voltage to the input terminal D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 3 25 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions Output Specifications for Relay Outputs CP1W 8ER 16ER 20EDR1 32ER 40EDR Item Maximum switching capacity Specification 2 A 250 VAC cos 1 2 A 24 VDC 4 A common Minimum switching capacity 10 mA 5 VDC Service Electrical Resistive 150 000 operations 24 VDC life of load relay Inductive 100 000 operations 240 VAC cost 0 4 load Mechanical 20 000 000 operations ON response time 15 ms max OFF response time 15 ms max Circuit configuration A A na OUT 1 L E C dn Internal 1 J j Jour x 1 circuits 1 M 1 ET pa 1 COM 250 VAC 2A
211. ils A315 15 will turn ON Replace the CPU Unit when the backup memory built in EEPROM has been written to more than 100 000 times 6 12 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 6 Troubleshooting e Reference Error flag Backup Memory Error Flag A315 15 Error code A400 00F1 Error information PLC Setup Errors Cause Remedy A set value error occurred in the PLC Setup Correct the PLC Setup with correct values e Reference Error flag PLC Setup Error Flag A402 10 Error code A400 009B Error information Option Board Errors Remedy Turn OFF the power supply and then install the Option Board again Cause S10413 HUN Ndd Burjooysajqnoly 1 9 The Option Board is removed while the power is being supplied A315 13 will turn ON e Reference Option Board Error Flag A315 13 Other Non fatal Error Flag A402 00 Error code A400 00D1 Error information Battery Errors Remedy Error flag S10117 EJEJ UON OL L Cause If the PLC Setup is set to detect battery errors this Check the battery connections error will occur when there is an error in the battery Select the Do not detect battery error Check Box in the in the CPU Unit i e the voltage is low ora battery PLC Setup setting if battery free operation is being used
212. ilures which can occur in relays tran sistors and other elements If the I O Hold Bit is turned ON the outputs from the PLC will not be turned OFF and will maintain their previous status when the PLC is switched from RUN or MONITOR mode to PROGRAM mode Make sure that the external loads will not produce dangerous conditions when this occurs When operation stops for a fatal error including those produced with the FALS instruction all out puts from PLC will be turned OFF and only the internal output status in the CPU Unit will be main tained D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Operating Environment Precautions Perform installation following the instructions in this manual Follow the instructions in this manual to correctly perform installation Do not operate the control system in the following locations Locations subject to direct sunlight Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified in the specifications Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in temperature Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases Locations subject to dust especially iron dust or salts Locations subject to exposure to water oil or chemicals Locations subject to shock or vibration Take countermeasures in the following locations Locations sub
213. ink Adapter uses special wiring for the DS and RS signals Do not use these signals with other devices Connecting this cable to other devices can damage them Always turn ON the terminating resistance if the node is at the end of the RS 422A 485 trans mission path A 42 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices A 3 4 Reducing Electrical Noise for External Wiring Observe the following precautions when wiring communications cables e When multi conductor signal cable is being used avoid combining I O wires and other control wires in the same cable f wiring racks are parallel allow at least 300 mm between them Low current cables Communications cables 300 mm min PLC power supply and general control circuit wiring 300 mm min Power lines Ground to 100 Q or less e f the I O wiring and power cables must be placed in the same duct they must be shielded from each other using grounded steel sheet metal PLC power supply E and general control communications circuit wiring Power lines Steel sheet metal cables 200 mm min Ground to 100 Q or less D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 43 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr suoneoiunuiuo jenas 10 BUI v BuutM
214. insulation thickness as well as the gauge of the wire BuulM O I S Crimp Terminals M3 self rising terminal screws are used Use crimp terminals or solid wire for wiring Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to terminals Tighten the terminal block screws to the torque of 0 5 N m Use crimp terminals M3 having the dimensions shown below 6 2 mm on C 6 2 mm I DT e Wiring Wire the Units so that they can be easily replaced Make sure that the I O indicators are not covered by the wiring e Do not place the I O wiring in the same conduits or ducts as high voltage or power lines Inductive noise can cause errors or damage Tighten the terminal screws to the torque of 0 5 N m D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 5 17 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring Example of Input Device Connections Use the following information for reference when selecting or connecting input devices DC Input Units Connectable DC Input Devices for DC Output Models Contact outputs Two wire DC outputs CP1E Current regulator Outputs SF The circuit below should NOT be used for I O devices having a voltage output Q QOuipuis iN CPIE 1 OV COM 5 18 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHU
215. int Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE I 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Introduction Thank you for purchasing a SYSMAC CP series CP1E Programmable Controller This manual contains information required to use the CP1E Read this manual completely and be sure you understand the contents before attempting to use the CP1E Intended Audience This manual is intended for the following personnel who must also have knowledge of electrical sys tems an electrical engineer or the equivalent Personnel in charge of installing FA systems Personnel in charge of designing FA systems Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities Applicable Products CP series CP1E CPU Units e Basic Models CP1E ELILIDLI LI A basic model of CPU Unit that support basic control applications using instructions such as basic movement arithmetic and comparison instructions e Application Models CP1E N NALILIDLEI LI An application model of CPU Unit that supports connections to Programmable Terminals invert ers and servo drives The CP Series is centered around the CP1H CP1L and CP1E CPU Units and is designed with the same basic architecture as the CS and CJ Series Always use CP series Expansion Units and CP series Expansion I O Units when expanding 1 O capacity I O words are allocated in the same way as for the CPM1A CPM2A PLCs i e using fixed areas for inputs and outputs D3E Elect
216. ion settings ON RS CS control OFF no control FG RDA RDB SDA SDB FG lt lalela i a Q 4 ac N 2 No protocol Communications Connecting RS 232C Ports 1 1 Communications Mode No protocol Example Connections to E5CK Controller CP1E N NA type CPU Unit Built in RS 232C Port or RS 232C Option Board Example OMRON E5CK Controller Signal Pi RS 2920 RS 232C Terminal block 9 n shielded cable FG 1 Terminal Signal SD 2 18 SD HD 3 14 RD RS 4 1 SG cs 5 DR 7 ER 8 SG 9 D sub 9 pin connector male Connecting RS 422A 485 Ports 1 1 with 2 wire Connections Communications Mode No protocol sweibeig BuulM Z Y Device supporting i RS 422A 485 CP1E N NA type CPU Unit communications 2 wire i i Signal Signal Pin Ira RS 422A 485 SDA 3 A interface RS 422A 485 SDB 4 B Option Board RDA 1 RDB 2 FG 5 Terminal block suoneoiunululo2 Eleg p c v D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 31 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices Connecting RS 422A 485 Ports 1 1 with 4 wire Connections Communications Mode No protocol Device supporting RS 422A 485 CP1E N NA type CPU Unit communications
217. ions Section 17 Ethernet Option Board This section gives an overview of the Ethernet Option Board describes its setting methods I O memory allocations troubleshooting how to connect the CX Programmer and how to install an Ethernet network Section 18 Operating the Program ming Device This section describes basic functions of the CX Programmer such as using the CX Programmer to write ladder programs to control the CP1E CPU Unit to transfer the programs to the CP1E CPU Unit and to debug the programs Appendices The appendices provide lists of programming instructions the Auxiliary Area cycle time response performance PLC performance at power interruption i CP1E CPU Unit Instructions Reference Manual Cat No W483 Section Section 1 Summary of Instructions Contents This section provides a summary of instructions used with a CP1E CPU Unit Section 2 Instruction This section describes the functions operands and sample programs of the instructions that are supported by a CP1E CPU Unit Section 3 Instruction Execution Times and Number of Steps This section provides the execution times for all instructions used with a CP1E CPU Unit Section 4 Monitoring and Comput ing the Cycle Time This section describes how to monitor and calculate the cycle time of a CP1E CPU Unit that can be used in the programs Appendices The appendices provide a list of instructions by Mnemonic and
218. ions sie eese naio a vesc vsu donnee ase ka e ee ko RE d qose dvds 8 23 8 3 4 Flow of Operation 8 29 8 4 Temperature Sensor Units 8 36 8 4 1 OvervieW ele eve ep munis nee RE RR eR VARGAS EAR RU 8 36 8 4 2 Part Names and Functions 8 36 8 4 3 Specifications 8 37 8 4 4 Flow of Operation 8 37 8 4 5 Function Descriptions 8 46 8 5 CompoBus S I O Link Units 8 52 8 5 1 OVEIVIEW Se Aer hoe ws eee seh ee no lee OLS Ge fee eee 8 52 8 5 2 Part Names and Functions 8 52 8 5 3 Specifications 222228 ut bn gees tanned eaten deed a bte eee ee 8 54 8 5 4 Flow of Operation 8 54 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 1 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units 8 1 Analog Input Units 8 1 1 Overview Each CP1W AD041 Analog Input Unit provides four analog inputs The analog input signal ranges are 0 to 5 V 1 to 5 V 0 to 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA The resolution is 1 6 000 The open circuit detection function is activa
219. ique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 6 9 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr S10413 HUN nd2 Bunoousejqnoij 1 9 s1043 EJ24 8 1 9 6 Troubleshooting Reference Error flag Program Error Flag A401 09 Error code A400 80F0 Error information Program Error Details A294 to A299 Cycle Time Exceeded Error Cause Remedy This error occurs when the cycle time Change the program to reduce the cycle time PV exceeds the maximum cycle time e Change the maximum cycle time setting set in the PLC Setup Refer to the Maximum Interrupt Task Processing Time A440 and study the maximum cycle time For example use the JUMP instruction to skip sections that are not executed to shorten the cycle time Reference Error flag Cycle Time Too Long Error A401 08 Error code A400 809F Error information Errors Created with FALS Instructions Cause Remedy FALS instruction executed C100 hex will be added to the FALS number 001 to 1FF hex and the result will fatal error in the program be stored in A400 as the error code C100 to C2FF hex Check the conditions for executing FALS instructions and remove any causes for the user defined error e Reference Error flag FALS Error Flag A401 06 Error code A400 C101 to C2FF Error information 6 10 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston C
220. ir circulation and replacement of Units Input duct Output duct Power duct 200 mm min 2 T 2 5 N 2 p e 2 e o 2 qp a 2 2 A 5 2 P 9 g Breaker A 5 CPE Z Fuse 7 ANE 2 T lle 2 e LT A a Eam A 2 j l gt 2 Power P ih 5 B p equipment 2 c such as y 5 F transformers 2 a 5 and magnetic 5 2 relays 2 2 2 cr 2 2 3 c 2 5 e 2 2 e g Z 2 e 2 12 e 2 A f 2 A 2 y Fuses timers A e relays etc Terminal A Z Not heat blocks for A Terminal blocks 2 generating PLC for power 7 equipment or equipment 2 power 2 g equipment 2 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 5 11 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring 5 2 4 Connecting Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units This section describes how to connect Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units Connection Methods 1 Remove the cover from the CPU Unit s or the Expansion I O Unit s expansion connector Use a flat head screwdriver to remove the cover from the Expansion I O Connector Ny MSNSSN BANN Expansion Connector Cover Remove 2 Insert the Expansion I O Unit s connecting cable into the
221. ircuit wiring Power lines Steel metal 200 mm min Ground to 100 Q or less 5 3 5 Relay Output Noise Reduction Methods 5 22 The CP1E PLCs conforms to the Common Emission Standards EN61131 2 of the EMC Directives However noise generated by relay output switching may not satisfy these Standards In such a case a surge protector must be connected to the load side or other appropriate countermea sures must be provided outside the PLC Countermeasures taken to satisfy the standards vary depend ing on the devices on the load side wiring configuration of machines etc Following are examples of countermeasures for reducing the generated noise Countermeasures Refer to EN 61131 2 for details Countermeasures are not required if the frequency of load switching for the whole system with the PLC included is less than 5 times per minute Countermeasures are required if the frequency of load switching for the whole system with the PLC included is more than 5 times per minute D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring Countermeasure Examples When switching an inductive load connect a surge protector diodes etc in parallel with the load or contact as shown below inrush current
222. is not mounted e Reference Error flag Battery Error Flag A402 04 Error code A400 00F7 Error information B D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 6 13 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 6 Troubleshooting Built in Analog Errors Only for NA type Cause Remedy For NA type when a built in analog I O error occurs Restart the PLC If this error still exists please change unit Reference Built in analog error A315 14 Other error flag A402 00 Error code 008A Error information Built in analog I O error details A434 Error flag 6 1 11 Other Errors Communications Errors CPU Unit Indicators Not lit X Flashing X Lit POWER jet RUN X ERR ALM INH PRPHL e BKUP Irrelevant Cause Remedy An error has occurred in the communications Check the cable wiring between the peripheral USB port and connected e Check the USB cable and replace it if necessary device An error has occurred in the communications Confirm that the serial port 1 2 settings in the PLC Setup between the serial port and connected device are correct Check the cable wiring e f a host computer is connected check the serial port settings and program in the host computer 6 14 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CH
223. it Expansion I O Unit Analog Output Unit o Ww J CP1W DA021 2 analog outputs CP1W DA041 4 analog outputs D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 13 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr sun 1ndino Bojeuy z 8 suoneoyloedSs c z 8 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units 8 14 Model CP1W DA021 CP1W DA041 Item Analog Number of analog outputs output Voltage output Current output CP1W DA021 2 outputs 2 words allocated CP1W DA041 4 outputs 4 words allocated section Output signal range 1to 5V O to 10 V or 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA External output allowable load 2 KQ min 350 Q max resistance External output impedance 0 5 O max Resolution 1 6000 full scale Overall accu 25 C 0 496 full scale racy 0 to 55 C 0 8 full scale D A conversion data 16 bit binary 4 digit hexadecimal Full scale for 10 to 10 V F448 to OBB8 hex Full scale for other ranges 0000 to 1770 hex Conversion time CP1W DA021 2 ms point 4 ms all points CP1W DA041 2 ms point 8 ms all points Isolation method Photocoupler isolation between analog I O terminals and internal circuits No isolation between analog I O signals Current consumption CP1W DA021 5 VDC 40 mA max 24 VDC 95 mA max CP1W DA041 5 VDC 80 mA max 24
224. ith Administrator privileges when uninstalling D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 4 7 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 4 Programming Device 4 2 Connecting by USB This section describes how to connect a computer running the CX Programmer and the CP1E CPU Unit 4 2 1 Connecting by USB Preparations for Connection The USB driver must be installed in the computer to connect the PLC to the computer using the USB port Refer to 4 2 2 Installing the USB Driver for the installation of the USB driver Connection Methods Using commercially available USB cable connect the CX Programmer to the peripheral USB port on the CPU Unit CX Programmer USB port B connector A connector CP1E CPU Unit Commercially available USB cable Peripheral USB port Conforming to USB 2 0 B connector Commercially available USB cable 5 m max for USB 2 0 La Precautions for Correct Use The CX Programmer cannot be used by connecting to the built in RS 232C port or a Serial Option Board port of the CP1E CPU Unit Connecting Cable Use the following cable to connect the CP1E CPU Unit to the CX Programmer Port at Unit Porta Betworklype Gon Model numbers Length computer munications mode Peripheral USB port
225. ith the CP1W CIF11 12 mounted j ig f wo RS 422A Built in RS 232C Modbus RTU Easy Master Function port oo Il EE Ee EH Example Inverter Serial PLC Links CP1E CP1H CP1L CJ1M B EEE IBSIEISISISIS SISSE Built in Analog for NA type CPU Units The NA type CPU Units have analog functionality with 2 analog voltage current inputs and 1 analog voltage current output built in 2 analog inputs O 0 to SV 1 to 5V 0 to 10V 10V to 10V 0 to 20mA 4 to 20mA L onon SYSMAC CPIE f 1 analog output oJ LA We loj 0 to 5V 1 to 5V y 0 to 10V 10V to 10V Inverter etc 0 to 20mA 4 to 20mA A range of applications is at a resolution of 6 000 Application is also possible for process control sensor input or inverter control without using Expan sion I O Units D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 1 7 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 1 Overview and Specifications 1 2 Basic Operating Procedure In
226. ject to static electricity or other forms of noise Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity Locations close to power supplies D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 23 Regulations and Standards Conformance to EC Directives Applicable Directives EMC Directives Low Voltage Directive j Concepts EMC Directives OMRON devices are electrical components that are designed to be built into equipment and manu facturing systems OMRON devices that comply with EMC Directives also conform to the related EMC standards so that they can be more easily built into other devices or the overall machine Whether the products conform to the standards in the system used by the customer however must be checked by the customer EMC related performance of the OMRON devices that comply with EC Directives will vary depend ing on the configuration wiring and other conditions of the equipment or control panel on which the OMRON devices are installed The customer must therefore perform the final check to confirm that devices and the overall machine conform to EMC standards The applicable EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility standard is EN61131 2 Low Voltage Directive Always ensure that devices operating at voltages of 50 to 1 000 VAC and 75
227. k CP1W CN811 Length 800 mm This cable is used if the connecting cable for the Expansion 1 0 Unit or Expansion Unit is not long enough or for a vertical configu ration Only one I O Connecting Cable can be used in each PLC 2 2 3 Unit Versions of CPU Units Unit Versions A unit version has been introduced to manage CPU Units in the CP Series according to differences in functionality accompanying Unit upgrades Notation of Unit Versions on Products The unit version is given to the right of the lot number on the nameplate of the products for which unit versions are being managed as shown below CP1E CPU Unit Product nameplate OMRON CP1E N40DR A CPU UNIT Lot No 28705 0000 ea OMRON Zorporation MAD IN CHINA Lot No Unit version example for unit version 1 0 Confirming Unit Versions with Support Software CX Programmer can be used to confirm the unit version of the CP1E CPU Units Refer to 4 1 Applicable Programming Devices for CP1E for details on the CX Programmer The CX Programmer can be used to confirm the unit version using one of the following methods Using the PLC Information Using the Unit Manufacturing Information 2 8 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 2 Basic System Configuration and De
228. l be exported to or transported through the State of California in the USA Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See http www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate A CP1W BATO1 or CJ1W BATO 1 lithium primary battery containing at least 6 ppb of perchlorate can be mounted in a CP1E N NALILIDLI L CPU Unit Display the precaution given above on your product s packaging box or shipping box if the product contains a CP1W BATO1 or CJ1W BATO 1 Battery and is exported to or through the State of California in the USA This product is EMC compliant when assembled in a complete PLC system Refer to the applica ble manual for grounding cable selection and any other conditions for EMC compliance This is a Class A product for use in industrial environments In residential environments it may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures to reduce interference External Circuits Always configure the external circuits to turn ON power to the PLC before turning ON power to the control system If the PLC power supply is turned ON after the control power supply temporary errors may result in control system signals because the output terminals on DC Output Units and other Units will momentarily turn ON when power is turned ON to the PLC Fail safe measures must be taken by the customer to ensure safety in the event that outputs from output terminals remain ON as a result of internal circuit fa
229. lectronique d3e fr www d3e fr SHU 1J0sues ounjejoduio p 8 suoneoyioads c v 8 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units 1 Connect the Temperature Sensor Unit to the CPU Unit CP1W 20EDR1 CP1W 8ED CP1W TS001 101 CP1E CPU Unit Expansion I O Unit Expansion I O Unit Temperature Sensor Unit TR l i Labs IE i 2 With the Temperature Sensor Unit s DIP switch and rotary switch set the temperature unit the number of decimal places and the temperature input range Precautions for Safe Use Do not touch the DIP switch or rotary switch while power is being supplied Static electricity may cause operating errors H Precautions for Correct Use Always turn OFF the power supply before setting the temperature range DIP Switch Used to set the temperature unit and the number of decimal places used lt Rotary Switch Used to set the temperature input range D TS002
230. llocation of the functions Section 9 Quick response Inputs This section describes the quick response inputs that can be used to read signals that are shorter than the cycle time Section 10 Interrupts This section describes the interrupts that can be used with CP1E PLCs including input interrupts and scheduled interrupts D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 3 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Section Section 11 High speed Counters Contents This section describes the high speed counter inputs high speed counter interrupts and the frequency measurement function Section 12 Pulse Outputs This section describes positioning functions such as trapezoidal control jogging and origin searches Section 13 PWM Outputs This section describes the variable duty factor pulse PWM outputs Section 14 Serial Communications This section describes communications with Programmable Terminals PTs without using communications programming no protocol commu nications with general components and connections with a Modbus RTU Easy Master Serial PLC Link and host computer Section 15 Analog I O Function This section describes the built in analog function for NA type CPU Units Section 16 Built in Functions This section describes PID temperature control clock functions DM backup functions security funct
231. low or unsta Adjust external input voltage to ON OFF ble within rated range 2 Malfunction due to noise Take protective measures against noise such as e Install surge suppressor Install insulation transformer Install shielded cables between the Input Unit and the loads 3 Terminal block screws are loose Tighten screws 7 Error occurs in units of 8 1 Common terminal screws are loose Tighten screws points or 16 points i e 2 Faulty data bus Replace Unit for the same common 3 Faulty CPU Replace CPU Unit 8 Input indicator is not lit in Faulty indicator or indicator circuit Replace Unit normal operation D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 6 15 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr S40413 yun Bunoouse qnoaJ z 9 sjndu Z 9 6 Troubleshooting 6 2 2 Outputs 6 16 No Symptom Cause Remedy 1 Not all outputs turn ON 1 Loadis not supplied with power Supply power 2 Load voltage is low Adjust voltage to within rated range 3 Terminal block screws are loose Tighten screws 4 Unit failure caused by an overcurrent Replace Unit possibly caused by a short at the load 5 Faulty I O bus connector contact Replace Unit 6 Faulty output circuit Replace Unit 7 If the INH indicator is lit the Output Turn A500
232. m 91 03 aloe LE m Omnon E SYSM POWER CPIE AC RUN E ERIVALM 2 INH S RPHL o T oo0c PERIPHERAL Bkue VOGUE Too oT 2 Sow coy come A eM i m X D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 7 7 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 7 Maintenance and Inspection Precautions for Safe Use You must complete this procedure within 5 minutes after turning OFF the power to the CPU Unit to ensure memory backup If the Battery is removed for more than 5 minutes data retained by the I O memory excluding the DM Area words saved to the backup memory may be unstable Never short circuit the Battery terminals never charge the Battery never disassemble the Bat tery and never heat or incinerate the Battery Doing any of these may cause the Battery to leak heat burn or rupture resulting in injury fire and possible loss of property Also never use a Battery that has been dropped on the floor or otherwise subject to shock It may leak UL standards require that batteries be replaced by experienced technicians Always place an experienced technician in charge of Battery replacement Turn ON the power after replacing the Battery for a CPU Unit that has been unused for a long time Leaving the CPU Unit unused again without turning ON the power even once after the Battery is replaced may
233. matically Recommended Option and click the Next Button This wizard helps you install software for OMRON PLC d If your hardware came with an installation CD lt or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do Click Next to continue D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 4 Programming Device EN Additional Information f the software cannot be installed automatically refer to Installing a Specified USB Driver later in this section f the installation media is not inserted or the USB device driver is installed for another port a Driver List Dialog Box will be displayed Make sure that the newest driver is selected and click the Next Button Found New Hardware Wizard Please select the best match for your hardware from the list below fe OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device Description Version Manufacturer Location S OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device 1 0 31 OMRON c windows infhoem OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device 1 0 31 OMRON c windows infvomre asn Aq Bunoeuuo z r A This driver is not digitally signed Tell PEL SS Ignore the following dialog box if it is displayed and click the Continue Hardware Installation Anyway Button The software you are installing for this hardware OMRON SYSMAC PLE Device 1e ug asn eui Burjeisu z z v has not passed Windows Logo testing
234. ment V OUT Voltage output I OUT Current output COM Output common V INO Voltage input 0 am INO Current input 0 1 OUT NC NC V INO COMO IN1 AG COMO Input common 0 V IN1 Voltage input 1 LIN Current input 1 COM1 Input common 1 Note For current inputs short V INO to I INO and V IN to I IN e Wiring Methods Wiring Analog Inputs 2 core shielded 2 core shielded twisted pair cable twisted pair cable Analog s5 VIN device p a in Analog Analog with rg bag l O Unit O Unit voltage i COM output N pauer W FG Wiring Analog Outputs 2 core shielded 2 core shielded twisted pair cable twisted pair cable VOUT pieres Analog VOUT gerrnana JAnalog Analog E 11 device Analog iout E i VO Unit 977 i with 1O Unit T m Voltage COM 117 Wiiete sess m input MERE v i D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 27 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr suieJBeiq BuulM z v suun uoisuedX3 z v Appendices Wiring Diagrams Example OUT NC NC VINO COMO IN 1 AG Connection to input for voltage output Voltage input Connection to input O for voltage
235. model N Application model NA Application model with built in analog The following is a list of available CP1E CPU Unit models E type CPU Units Number of built in 1 0 Current points EEN Pro DM A consumption Name and appearance Model number Number Number SUPR y Output type gram Pa Weight specifica 7 capacity Total of of TE capacity 5 VDC 24 VDC inputs outputs CPU Unit with 10 I O Points CP1E E10DR A 10 6 4 AC power Relays 2K steps 2K words 0 08A 0 04A 300g max CP1E E10DT A supply 100 Sinking tran 0 11A 0 00A 280g max to 240 VAC aistor CP1E E10DT1 A Sourcing 0 11A 0 00A 280g max transistor CP1E E10DR D DC power Relays 0 08A 0 04A 280g max CP1E E10DT D supply Sinking tran 0 11A 0 00A 260g max 24VDC sistor CP1E E10DT1 D Sourcing 0 11A 0 00A 260g max transistor CP1E E14DR A 14 8 6 Relays 0 16A 0 07A 350g max 9 4 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices Number of built in I O Current points ipd Pro DMA consumption Name and appearance Model number Number Number SUPP y Output type gram rog Weight specifica 4 Capacity Total of of diss capacity 5 VDC 24 VDC inputs outputs CPU
236. mplement 189C 6300 1770 6000 1 mA 0000 0 0 mA 20 mA 21 mA FEDA 300 4 to 20 mA Inputs Currents in the 4 to 20 mA range correspond to Converted data _ hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6 000 FN ci The range of data that can be converted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 Current in the range of 3 2 to 4 mA is expressed as a two s complement If an input is below the range i e less than 3 2 mA the open circuit detection function is activated and the data becomes 8 000 189C 6300 1770 6000 0000 0 LI A 2 0 8 MA FED4 300 Averaging Function For analog inputs the averaging function operates when the averaging bit is set to 1 The averaging function outputs the average a moving average of the last eight input values as the converted value Use this function to smooth inputs that vary at a short interval sun 1ndu Bojeuy 1 8 Open circuit Detection The open circuit detection function is activated when the input range is set to 1 to 5 V and the volt age drops below 0 8 V or when the input range is set to 4 to 20 mA and the current drops below 3 2 mA When the open circuit detection function is activated the converted data will be set to 8 000 The time for enabling or clearing the open circuit detection function is the same as the time for con verting the data If the input returns to the convertibl
237. n CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring Improving Noise Resistance Leave space between the CP1E and control panel or other devices to allow adequate dissipation of heat generated by the power supply Do not mount the PLC in a control panel containing high voltage equipment nstall the PLC at least 200 mm 6 5 feet from power lines Power Line 200 mm min SYSMAC CP1E I 4 200 mm min Ground the mounting plate between the PLC and the mounting surface Temperature Control The ambient operating temperature around the CP1E must be between 0 and 55 C Observe the fol lowing precautions Provide enough space for good air flow Do not install the PLC above equipment that generates a large amount of heat such as heaters transformers or high capacity resistors e f the ambient temperature exceeds 55 C install a cooling fan or air conditioner uonej eisul Z S Fan Control panel un SYSMAC CP1E uogeoo uonel eisu L 2 G D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 5 5 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring 5 2 2 Unit Arrangement This section describes how to arrange the CP1E Units As shown in the following diagrams Units can be arra
238. n CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 3 3 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions Terminal Arrangements Input Arrangement AC Power Supply CP1E E10DLI A CIO 0 ut ILeiNIlcoMl oi 03 05 L1 L2 N Powersupply terminal Protective ground terminal NC 00 02 04 COM Common terminal 00 to 05 Input terminal NC No connection CP1E LI14DLI A CIO 0 ut L2Nlcom o1 03 os oz NC NC L1 L2 N Power supply terminal Protective ground terminal NC 00 02 04 06 NC NC COM Common terminal 00 to 07 Input terminal NC No connection CP1E LI20DLI A CIO 0 t1 L2Nlcoml o1 03 05 oz o9 11 L1 L2 N Power supply terminal Protective ground terminal NC d 00 02 04 06 08 10 COM Common terminal 00 to 11 Input terminal NC No connection DC Power Supply CP1E E10DLI D CIO 0 amp com ot 03 05 gt Power supply terminal Protective ground terminal NC 00 02 04 COM Common terminal 00 to 05 Input terminal NC No connection CP1E N14DLI D CIO 0 coM o1 03 05 07 NC NC Power supply
239. n connecting cable FCUEDIEIEDRLRIRLU 3 E E connector v E or e Expansion H xx 7 7 connector Output terminals Le Output terminals e de imd O oj 7 7 LU Output indicators Output indicators p e m S Number Name Function Input terminals Used to connect input devices S Expansion 1 0 This is a connection cable to connect the adjacent CPU Unit Expansion I O c connecting cable Unit or Expansion Unit For extended connections or vertical arrangements gt use the CP1W CN811 I O Connecting Cable length 800 mm a 9 Output terminals Used to connect output devices Input indicators Input status is displayed An indicator will be ON when the input is ON Expansion connector CP series Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units can be connected Refer to 5 2 4 Connecting Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units Output indicators Output status is displayed An indicator will be ON when the output is ON D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 3 23 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions Terminal Arrangements The first word of input words allocated to the Expansion I O Unit is indicated by CIO m and the first word of the output words by ClO n 20 point I O Units CP1W 20EDL1 Input Unit Upper Terminal Block COM Common terminal COM 01 03
240. n error occurs Error occurs Check the indicators Check the indicators on the front of the CPU Unit or use the CX Programmer to read the error status Identify the error from the indicators refer to 6 1 5 Types of Errors Identify the error or use the CX Programmer to read the error status 4 Implement countermeasures Y End Take measures to eliminate the error that occurred and to prevent it from occurring again 6 1 2 Checking Errors The type of error that occurred can be determined by checking the indicators on the front of the CPU Unit or by using the CX Programmer Refer to 6 1 5 Types of Errors for details on the types of error status Checking the Indicators Not lit X Flashing X Lit 6 2 POWER Power supply POWER cea n B n RUN RUN or MONITOR mode G RUN reen e Je e C ERR ALM Shows the results of ERR ALM self diagnosis Red e e x x L INH INH Outputs OFF Yellow C PRPHL PRPHL Peripheral USB port yell Oo communications STOW sd ud m BKUP BKUP Writing to backup memory built in EEPROM Yellow o COMM COMM Built in RS232C port communications Status Normal operation Operation is A non fatal A fatal error stopped in error has has occurred PROGRAM occurred mode D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l
241. nction detects when the Option Board is malfunctioning or discon nected Battery error detection N NA type CPU Units only This function detects when the battery voltage is low or the battery is discon nected This function is valid only when a battery is mounted and the Do not detect battery error Check Box is cleared in the PLC Setup Built in analog errors NA type CPU Units only This function detects built in analog I O errors Fatal Error Detec Memory error detection This function detects errors that occur in memory of the CPU Unit tion VO bus error detection This function detects errors that occur during data transfer between the CPU Unit and another Unit Detection of too many I O points This function detects when more than the maximum number of CP1W Expan sion I O Units and Expansion Units are connected to the PLC Program error detection This function detects when there is an error in the program See the following for details Instruction processing error This function detects an error when the given data value is invalid when exe detection cuting an instruction or execution of instruction between tasks was attempted Indirect DM addressing BCD This function detects an error when an indirect DM EM address in BCD mode error is not BCD Illegal area access error detec This function detects an error when an attempt is made to access an illegal tion area with an instructi
242. nd Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1W 20EDT1 XO MD 00 01 02 04 05 07 clon COM COM COM 03 COM 06 40 point I O Units Terminal Block is not removable NC Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram All Models Relay Outputs CIO m CIO m 1 CP1W 40EDR bee um n n Y x clon CIO n1 s P M x al 9 o T Fle ol ol ol ol o ol OOOOH OOOOOO NC Nc cou o1 os os o 09 11 ot os 05 07 09 11 SAAB d T m NCToo 102104106108 10 Too o2 o4 Foe ToS 10 NC COM COM COM 03 COM 06 COM 01 03 COM 06 ILILILILIL NES F 22 1 PETTEE Hl nl r sn 9 Q ol o ITF OF Or Or ee eee t CIO m CIO m 1 3 VEU J clon CIO n 1
243. nding both ends of the shield may damage the device due to the potential difference between the ground terminals A 38 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices Connection Examples 2 Wire and 4 Wire Transmission Circuits The transmission circuits for 2 wire and 4 wire connections are different as shown in the following diagram Example of 4 Wire Connections Example of 2 Wire Connections Nt M E FU Au DPDT Other Unit Other Unit Other Unit Other Unit Option Board o n o 00 2 4 wire switch DPDT Option Board Not connected H Precautions for Correct Use Use the same type of transmission circuit 2 wire or 4 wire for all nodes Do not use 4 wire connections when the 2 4 wire switch on the Board is set to 2 wire Wiring Example 1 1 Connections e Two wire Connections CP1E N NA type CPU Unit RS 422A 485 Option Board Remote device Pin Signal E A eN Signal A EOE SDB 1 i B RDA Dn I FG RDB cu PIU e UST FG t Shield e Four wire Connections suoneoiunuiuo jenas 10 BULIM Y o n R o CP1E N NA type CPU Unit RS 422A 485 Option Board Remote device Pin Signal SDA 7 CXX X XX 3 4
244. ng Flowchart 6 6 Confirm the error category by referring to the status of the CPU Unit indicators investigate the cause for the error in the error tables and take corrective actions Problem Lit RUN indicator lit Lit ERR ALM i y POWER indicator lit ndicator lit Flashing gt Check the power supply A non fatal error has occurred Refer to 6 1 10 Not lit Refer to 6 1 7 and 6 2 Not lit ERR ALM indicator lit Not lit Not lit Lit There is no error in the CP1E Check for other A fatal error has occurred causes Refer to 6 1 8 Refer to 6 2 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 6 Troubleshooting 6 1 7 No Operation When Power Is Supplied First confirm that the POWER indicator green is lit POWER Indicator Not Lit The power supply may not match the Unit rating wiring may not be correct or the Unit may be faulty Confirm the Unit rating i e is it 24 VDC or 100 to 240 VAC and see if the supply power matches the rating Check the wiring to see if it is correct and that nothing is disconnected Check the voltage at the power supply terminals If the voltage is normal and the POWER indica tor is not lit the Unit may be faulty In that case replace the Unit e POWE
245. nged in one or two rows when Expansion 1 0 Units or Expansion Units are used Arrangement in One Row Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units can be installed in a side by side arrangement CP1E CPU Unit 3X
246. ninstallation CX Programmer connection error 6 18 Cycle time exceeded error 6 5 6 10 D Dirrierisloris iieri eerte rne tere trii koe ed sede 5 7 GPU DN ebiaies A 2 Expansion l O Unit antenne A 5 Expansion Unit crecen A 7 Option BOards eite eec ertet enar intei A 3 RS 422A Conversion Unit A 41 DIN TACK AERE DIS 2 8 5 9 DIN Track installation eeeee 5 8 DIP switch Analog I O Units esseeeeeennes 8 30 CompoBus S I O Link Unit sssss 8 53 RS 232C RS 422A Conversion Unit A 41 RS 422A Conversion Unit A 40 RS 422A 485 Option Board 3 17 Temperature Sensor Unit 8 38 DM Area capacity 1 2 2 4 2 5 2 6 E EMC Directive eessssseseeneeneeennennnene 24 End Plate nr esci rra creek esee dors Pe evt aded sag Oed e va 2 8 5 9 Error log information 0 eeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeaes 6 3 Error processing flowchart eese 6 6 E type CPU Ok 0 ss 1 2 Basic system configuration 2 2 E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units 3 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units 3 6 Maximum number of I O Points 2 10 Models iles 2 4 Expansion I O Unit 3 20 3 23 Common I O specifications esses 3 25 Dimensions sense a etl A 5 MOdeIS 2 11
247. nit 1 C K J 850 C 0352 hex 200 C gt FF38 hex Unit 0 1 C Pt JPt K J x10 500 0 C gt 5000 gt 1388 hex e f the input temperature exceeds the maximum or minimum value in the temperature 20 0 C5 200 FF38 hex 200 0 C 2000 F830 hex input range that has been set by 20 C or 20 F the displayed value will be held e f the circuit is disconnected the open circuit detection function will operate and the con verted temperature data will be set to 7FFF The open circuit detection function will be automatically cleared and normal input tem perature conversion will begin automatically when the input temperature returns to the convertible range D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 3 Startup Operation After power is turned ON approximately 1 s is required for the first conversion data to be stored in the input word During that period the data will be 7FFE Therefore create a pro gram as shown below so that when operation begins simultaneously with startup it will wait for valid conversion data Always ON P On Temperature input data output word Initialization Completed Flag W0O 00 4 Handling Unit Errors Expansion Unit and Expansion I O Unit errors are output to bits 0 to 5 of word A436 The bits are
248. nits with 10 I O Points CP1E E10DLI 1 Unit mm 85 110 100 90 CPU Units with 14 or 20 I O Points CP1E 014D0 0 020D0 0 0 Unit mm 86 F 85 76 Y ST ss eee eee 2 04 5 CPU Units with 30 I O Points CP1E L130DL 1 CPU Units with Built in Analog and 20 I O Points CP1E NA20DL D Unit mm 110 100 90 T Wy UT 4 04 5 A 2 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices CPU Units with 40 I O Points CP1E 040D0 0 Unit mm 150 Le 85 H 140 8 110 10090 on I c mi Y t lol CPU Units with 60 I O Points CP1E N60DLI 1
249. nston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 7 Maintenance and Inspection Replacing the Battery Use the following procedure to replace the Battery when the previous Battery has become completely discharged Precautions for Safe Use We recommend replacing the Battery with the power OFF to prevent the CPU Unit s sensitive internal components from being damaged by static electricity The Battery can be replaced with out turning OFF the power supply To do so always touch a grounded piece of metal to discharge static electricity from your body before starting the procedure After replacing the Battery connect a Programming Device and clear the Battery error 1 Turn OFF the power supply to the N NA type CPU Unit If the CPU Unit has not been ON turn it ON for at least 30 minutes and then turn it OFF EN Additional Information There is a capacitor inside the N NA type CPU Unit that backs up memory when the Battery is removed If power is not turned ON for at least 30 minutes before replacing the Battery the capacitor will not be fully charged and memory may be unstable before the new Battery is inserted 2 Open the compartment on the CPU Unit and carefully draw out the Battery Remove the Battery connector Connect the new Battery place it into the compartment and close the cover SHUN ndo ed vN N ur Moyeg eui Buroeldeg Z Z vvv esuv LOCH xA Li m co
250. o Details A299 Cycle time Ox809F A401 08 exceeded error FALS error 0xC101 to A401 06 OxC2FF D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 6 5 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 6 Troubleshooting Non fatal errors 2 Error FAL POWER RUN instruction Lit Lit executed Backup memory error PLC setup error Option Board error Battery error Built in ana log error ERR ALM Flash ing Not lit X Flashing X Lit COM Error La Hier Error es Opar INH PRPHL BKUP com code flag tion cations in A400 Error Word status status 0x4101 A402 15 Executed A360 Opera to FAL to tion con Ox42FF Number A391 tinues Ox00F1 A315 15 Ox009B A402 10 Ox00D2 A315 13 Error A424 Option Board Number Ox00F7 A402 04 0x008A A315 14 Built in A434 analog I O error details 1 The indicator status is the same for CPU errors and fatal errors but they can be distinguished because a Programming Device can be connected when a fatal error occurs but not when a CPU error occurs 2 Refer to 6 1 8 Fatal Errors and 6 1 10 Non fatal Errors for details on fatal and non fatal errors Note The indicator status shows the status of the errors that have occurred in RUN or MONITOR mode 6 1 6 Error Processi
251. o reverse the positive and negative leads when wiring the power supply termi nals Supply power to all of the Power Supply Units from the same source Use reinforced insulation or double insulation for the DC power supplies connected to DC Power Supply Units to comply with EC Low Voltage Directive Directives 5 16 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring H Precautions for Correct Use Loose pieces of wires may fall in the area when wiring To prevent these pieces from entering into the Unit leave the label on the top of the Unit while wiring Remove the label after the completion of wiring to ensure proper heat dissipation The power supply terminals are located at the top of the Unit 5 3 3 1 0 Wiring I O Wiring Precautions for Safe Use Never apply a voltage that exceeds the input voltage for Input Units or the maximum switching capacity for Output Units When the power supply has positive and negative terminals always wire them correctly Do not bend the I O Connecting cable past its natural bending radius or pull in it with excessive force Doing so will damage the cable Bu E G e Wire Sizes e AWG22 to AWG18 0 32 to 0 82 mm power lines are recommended The current capacity of electric wire depends on factors such as the ambient temperature and
252. oad as shown below L INz 000000000 cem OUT so 6 cE L Diode DC input Relay output JM i Surge protector COM COM eek eee eu OUT OO Relay output i Transistor output Diode SCOM H Precautions for Correct Use Use surge protectors and diodes with the following specifications Surge protector H m Resistance 50Q Capacitor 0 47uF Voltage 200V Diode _ Breakdown voltage 3 times load voltage Mean rectification current 1A D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 5 21 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr BunIM S O4JUOD esioN pue s BuulM p G 5 Installation and Wiring Reducing Electrical Noise for External Wiring Take the following points into account when externally wiring I O power supply and power lines When multi conductor signal cable is being used do not combine I O wires and other control wires in the same cable f wiring racks are parallel allow at least 300 mm between them Low current PLC I O wiring 300 mm min PLC power supply General control circuit wiring 300 mm min Power lines Ground to 100 Q or less e f the I O wiring and power cables must be placed in the same duct they must be shielded from each other using grounded steel sheet metal PLC power supply General control PLC I O wiring c
253. ocation Location 0 OMRON PLC Device status This device is not configured correctly Code 1 To reinstall the drivers for this device click Reinstall Driver asn Aq Bunoeuuo z r Reinstall Driver Device usage Use this device enable p D m z a 2 Click the Reinstall Driver Button pi The Hardware Update Wizard Dialog SOUS Box will be displayed Install the Welcome to the Hardware Update e driver software using the procedure Wizard described in 4 2 2 Installing the USB This wizard helps you install software for Driver OMRON PLC If your hardware came with an installation CD aD or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do Install from a list or specific location Advanced Click Next to continue D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 4 15 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Installation and Wiring En This section describes how to install and wire CP1E Units 5 1 Fail safe Circuits 5 2 5 2 Installation oris eee nec nues saints bees tee dans ered fera 5 3 5 2 1 Installation Location 5 8 5 2 2 Unit Arrangement 5 2 eec e rur HE EGRE Vee ne ADR Ed 5 6 5 2 3 Installation oiae iea o ee RS L9 EIE IE Fav tarder her 5 7 5 2 4 Connecting Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units
254. od Target Matching Range Comparison Input interrupts 6 inputs 4 inputs only for 10 I O points Interrupt input pulse width 50 us min Quick response Inputs 6 inputs 4 inputs only for 10 I O points Input pulse width 50 us min Normal Input constants Delays can be set in the PLC Setup 0 to 32 ms default 8 ms input Set values 0 1 2 4 8 16 or 32 ms Built in Pulse out Pulse output Pulse output function not included Pulse Direction Mode output puts method and out 1 Hz to 100 kHz 2 counters func Models with put frequency tions EET Output mode Continuous mode for speed control nM s Independent mode for position control Number of out Relative coordinates 0000 0000 to 7FFF FFFF put pulses hex 0 to 2147483647 Absolute coordinates 8000 0000 to 7FFF FFFF hex 2147483647 to 2147483647 Acceleration Trapezoidal acceleration and deceleration Cannot deceleration perform S curve acceleration and deceleration curves Changing SVs Only target position can be changed during instruc tion execution Origin searches Included PWM out Frequency PWM output function not included 2 0 to 6 553 5 Hz in increments of 0 1 Hz with 1 puts output or 2 Hz to 32 000 Hz in increments of 1 Hz Models with 1 output with transis Duty factor 0 0 to 100 0 in increments of 0 1 tor outputs Accuracy 1 0 at 2 Hz to 10 000 Hz and only 5 0 at 1
255. oint Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE Weight CPU Unit 1 9 2 4 2 5 2 6 Expansion I O Unit 2 11 Expansion nit iEn ED eee 2 12 Wiring AC Power Supply trie terrent 5 14 Analog I O Unit 8 31 Analog Input Unit 8 7 Analog Output Unit 8 18 CompoBus S I O Link Unit ssesss 8 56 GPU c A 9 DC Power Supply M 5 16 Expansion I O Unit A 17 Expansion Unitaire A 24 Ground lines 5 15 5 16 y E E E A A E EEE A E 5 17 erm e A 43 o Ure CP 5 20 Serial communications A 30 A 35 Wiring connectors A 36 Wiring Diagrams 2 1 cel aici ecient mis A 9 Wiring ducts 5 10 Wiririgifor PTS eei teet Eee atid A 30 Wiring power supply enm 5 14 5 16 Index 3 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Revision History A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number on the front cover of the manual Cat No WA79 E1 04 Revision code Date Revised content March 2009 Original production June 2009 Information added on CX Programmer Micro PLC Edition version 8 2 upgrading to version 9 0 e Information added on the features of pulse outputs and PWM outputs Errors were corrected Information added on E10 14 N14 60 and NA20
256. oltage Input L1 LZ NICOM 01 03 05 07 09 11 01 03 05 07 09 11 I INO I IN Analog current Input A 00 02 04 06 08 10 00 o2 04 06 08 10 COMO COM1 Common terminal for analog CP1E N60D0 A ii i OF CIO 0 CIO 1 CIO 2 L1 L2 NI COM 01 03 05 07 09 11 01 03 05 07 09 11 01 OS 05 o7 o9 11 A 00 02 04 06 08 10 00 02 04 06 08 10 00 02 04 06 08 10 CP1E NA20DR A CIO 0 CIO 90 ClO 91 L1 L2 N COM 01 03 05 07 09 11 I INO AG I IN1 A 00 02 04 06 08 10 vino coma vin com DC Power Supply CP1E NSODLI D Power supply terminal COM 01 03 05 07 09 11 01 03 05 COM Common terminal NC 5 00 02 04 06 08 10 00 02 04 2 00 to 11 Input terminal CIO 0 CIO 1 NC No connection Protective ground terminal P1E NA40DLI D S VINO VIN1 Analog voltage Input conj o1 los os ol 09111101 03 05 07 os 1 INO TINT Analog current Input nc 00 o2 04 06 08 101 oo o2 04 los 08 l10 COMO COM1 Common terminal for analog CIO 0 CIO 1 AG Analog OV CP1E N60DLI D conf 01 03 05 o
257. omething that you must do The triangle symbol indicates precautions including warnings The specific operation is shown in the triangle and explained in text This example indicates a general precaution The triangle symbol indicates precautions including warnings The specific operation is shown in the triangle and explained in text This example indicates a precau tion for hot surfaces PPeOoOb D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 15 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 16 Do not attempt to take any Unit apart while the power is being supplied Doing so may result in electric shock Do not touch any of the terminals or terminal blocks while the power is being supplied Doing so may result in electric shock Provide safety measures in external circuits i e not in the Programmable Con troller including the following items to ensure safety in the system if an abnormality occurs due to malfunction of the PLC or another external factor affecting the PLC operation Not doing so may result in serious accidents Emergency stop circuits interlock circuits limit circuits and similar safety mea sures must be provided in external control circuits The PLC will turn OFF all outputs when its self diagnosis function detects any error or when a severe failure alarm FALS instruction is execu
258. on Expansion and Expansion Unit Load OFF function All of the outputs on Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units are turned OFF Units 0000 hex when an error occurs in RUN or MONITOR mode Expansion I O Units Input response times The response time can be increased to reduce the effects of chattering and noise at input contacts The response time can be decreased to enable detecting shorter input pulses Expansion Units Unit error detection Errors in Expansion Units are detected The CPU Unit is notified that the Expansion Unit stopped due to an error Memory Holding I O memory when changing operating modes The status of I O memory can be held when the operating mode is changed manage The forced set reset status can be held when the operating mode is changed ment func Automatic backup to the backup memory Automatic backup of ladder programs and parameter area to the backup mem tions built in EEPROM ory built in EEPROM Communi Peripheral USB port Peripheral bus toolbus For communications with programming device CX Programmer cations Serial port N NA type only Host Link SYSWAY communications Host Link commands can be sent from a PT or a computer to read write I O memory and perform other operations for PLC No protocol communications I O instructions for communications ports TXD RXD instructions can be used for data transfer with peripheral devices such as bar code readers NT Link communications 1 0 memory in the PLC can
259. on 1 e Connect the CompoBus S 1 0 Link Unit 2 The node number should be a unique number between 0 and 15 Determine the node number of the Use the DIP switch to set the CompoBus S I O Link Unit s node CompoBus S 1 0 Link Unit number communications mode and the status of output data and set the DIP switch when a communications error occurs 3 e Connect the CompoBus S I O Link Unit to a CompoBus S trans Wire the CompoBus S mission path transmission path T Connect the CompoBus S VO Link Unit to the CPU Unit CP1W SRT21 CP1E CPU Unit CompoBus S I O Link Unit 8 54 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units e 1 0 Words Allocation I O words are allocated to the CompoBus S I O Link Unit in the same way as to other Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units i e the next available input and output words are allocated As shown below when m is the last allocated input word and n is the last allocated output word the CompoBus S I O Link Unit is allocated m 1 as its input word and n 1 as its output word CompoBus S I O Link Unit Word m 1
260. on I O Unit is m and the last output word is n i a a a a ca a ar ie i et ay Word m 3 Analog input 3 conversion value Pressure sensor 1 Connect the Analog Input Unit to the CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit CP1W AD041 Analog Input Unit A 2 a L d S auac z ore r D BATTERY A yer p E EXP PERIPHERAL CP1W AD041 8 6 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 2 Wire to analog output devices 1 Wiring internal circuits of the CPU Unit V IN1 LINI Analog input 1 com1 l to to V IN4 l IN4 Analog input 4 coma Analog ground 2 Wiring analog output devices to the Analog Input Unit 2 core shielded 2 core shielded twisted pair Analog my am Analog device with bd X device with voltage current output Li i output sun 1ndu Bojeuy 1 8 H Precautions for Correct Use e Connect the shield to the FG terminal to prevent noise When an input is not being used short the and terminals Separate wiring from power lines AC power supply lines high voltage lines etc When there is noise in the power supply line install a noise filt
261. on is activated and the data becomes 8 000 0000 0 0 8V IZ 1V 5V 52V D FED4 300 0 to 20 mA Currents in the 0 to 20 mA range corre Converted Data spond to hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 Hexadecimal Decimal 0 to 6 000 The range of data that can be 189C 6300 __ _ converted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 1770 6000 6 300 A negative current is expressed as a two s complement 1 mA 0000 0 0 mA 20 mA 21 mA FED4 300 4 to 20 mA Currents in the 4 to 20 mA range corre Converted Data spond to hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 Hexadecimal Decimal 0 to 6 000 The range of data that can be converted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 Current in the range of 3 2 to 4 mA is expressed as a two s complement If an input is below the range i e less than 3 2 mA the open circuit detection function is activated and the data becomes 8 000 189C 6300 1770 6000 0000 0 FED4 300 8 26 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Analog Output Signal Ranges 10 to 10 V The hexadecimal values F448 to OBB8 3000 to 3000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 10 to 10 V The entire output range is 11 to 11V Specify the DA conversion da
262. on method Photocoupler isolation between analog input terminals and internal circuits No isolation between analog I O signals Current consumption 5 VDC 100 mA max 24 VDC 90 mA max Analog Input Signal Ranges Analog input data is digitally converted according to the input signal range as shown below EN Additional Information When the input exceeds the specified range the A D conversion data will be fixed at either the lower limit or upper limit D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 3 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units 10 to 10 V Inputs Converted data Hexadecimal Decimal OCE4 3300 OBB8 3000 11V 10V 0000 0 F448 3000 1F31C 3300 0 to 10 V Inputs Converted data Hexadecimal Decimal 189C 63800 1770 6000 __ 0 5 V 0000 0 10V 11V FED4 300 0 to 5 V Inputs Converted data Hexadecimal Decimal 189C 6300 1770 6000 0 25V 0000 0 ov 10 V 10 5 V ov 5 FED4 300 1 to 5 V Inputs Converted data Hexadecimal Decimal 189C 6300 1770 6000 0000 0 FED4 300 Voltages in the 10 to 10 V range correspond to hexadecimal values F448 to OBB8 3 0
263. on operand No END error detection This function detects an error when there is no END instruction at the end of the program Task error detection The execution condition for an interrupt task was met but there is no interrupt task with the specified number Differentiation overflow error This function detects an error when too many differentiated instructions are detection entered or deleted during online editing 131 072 times or more Invalid instruction error detec This function detects an error when an attempt is made to execute an instruc tion tion that is not defined in the system User program area overflow error detection This function detects an error when instruction data is stored after the last address in user program area Cycle time exceeded error detec tion This function monitors the cycle time 10 to 1 000 ms and stops the operation when the set value is exceeded System FALS error detection user defined fatal error This function generates a fatal FALS error when the user defined conditions are met in program Mainte Automatic online connection via network This function enables automatically connecting to the PLC online when the nance CX Programmer is directly connected by a serial connection peripheral USB port or serial port Security Read protection using password This function protects reading and displaying programs using passwords functions Read prot
264. one Units and Expansion Units connected CP1E LIS0DLI LI LI40DLI LI L 60DL1 LI NA20DLI DI 3 units CP1E E10D0 O 10 CP1E LHADLI DI 14 CP1E LI20DL L 20 CP1E LISODLI L 150 30 built in 40 x 3 expansion CP1E LI4ODLI L 160 40 built in 40 x 3 expansion CP1E N60DLI L 180 60 built in 40 x 3 expansion CP1E NA20DLI LI 140 20 built in 40 x 3 expansion Maximum number of I O points Built in I O CP1E E1ODLI LI 10 6 inputs 4 outputs CP1E 014D0 0 14 8 inputs 6 outputs CP1E LI20DLI L 20 12 inputs 8 outputs CP1E LI3ODLI LI 30 18 inputs 12 outputs CP1E LIAODLI L 40 24 inputs 16 outputs CP1E N60DLI L 60 36 inputs 24 outputs CP1E NA20DLI LI 20 12 inputs 8 outputs Built in High speed High speed Incremental Pulse Inputs Incremental Pulse Inputs input counters counter 10 kHz 6 counters 100 kHz 2 counters 10 kHz 4 counters func mode maximum 5 counters only for 10 I O points Up Down Inputs tions frequency Up Down Inputs 100 kHz 1 counters 10 kHz 1 counters 10 kHz 2 counters Pulse Direction Inputs 10 kHz 2 counters Differential Phase Inputs 4x 5 kHz 2 counters Pulse Direction Inputs 100 kHz 2 counters Differential Phase Inputs 4x 50 kHz 1 counter 5 kHz 1 counter Counting mode Linear mode Ring mode Count value 32 bits Counter reset Phase Z and software reset excluding increment pulse input modes Software reset Control meth
265. ormal inputs CIO 0 08 to CIO 0 11 Input bits CIO 0 00 to CIO 0 01 CIO 0 02 to CIO 0 071 CIO 1 00 to CIO 1 11 and CIO 2 00 to CIO 2 11 1 Input voltage 24 VDC 10 15 Applicable 2 wire and 3 wire sensors sensors Input 3 3 KQ 3 3 kQ 4 8 KQ impedance Input current 7 5 mA typical 7 5 mA typical 5 mA typical ON voltage 3 mA min at 17 0 VDC min 3 mA min at 17 0 VDC min 3 mA min at 14 4 min current OFF voltage 1mA max at 5 0 VDC max 1 mA max at 5 0 VDC max 1 mA max at 5 0 VDC max current ON response E type CPU Unit 50 us min 50 us max 1 ms max time N NA type CPU Unit 2 5 us min OFF response E type CPU Unit 50 us min 50 us max 1 ms max time N NA type CPU Unit 2 5 us min Circuit E type CPU Unit N NA type CPU Unit configuration Inputs CIO 0 00 to CIO 0 07 Inputs CIO 0 00 CIO 0 01 z i Input indicator att Input indicator 7 I LAN Bina 3 ar 1000pF tT eee m Ps ATG me COM COMI 1 Inputs CIO 0 08 to CIO 0 11 and CIO 1 00 to CIO 1 11 Inputs CIO 0 02 to CIO 0 07 SOO e 1 iOO mm 5 ct og 4 1000pF i arr g F ri i NEC all Internal 1 Ne a 4 K oma d 1 in 339 8 H Le pou Inputs CIO 0 08 to CIO 0 11 CIO 1 00 to CIO 1 11 and CIO 2 00 to CIO 2 11 rt al F Internal in e 8i H K circuits Ld s MN 3 10 D3E Elec
266. ory Hold Bit is ON but outputs will be turned OFF D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 6 7 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 6 Troubleshooting Memory Errors Cause Remedy An error has occurred in memory See below One or more bits in A403 will turn ON to indicate where the error has occurred See below for details Memory Error Location A403 00 is ON A checksum error has occurred in the Transfer the ladder program again ladder program The power supply was turned OFF when backing up the user program to backup memory A403 04 is ON A checksum error has occurred in the Transfer the PLC Setup again PLC Setup Reference Error flag Memory Error Flag A401 15 Error code A400 80F1 Error information Memory Error Location A403 1 0 Bus Error An I O bus error has occurred in data transfer between the CPU Units and Units connected to the I O bus Cycle the power supply If operation is not restored when the power supply has been cycled turn OFF the power supply and check that connections are proper and that there is no damage Cause Remedy An error occurred in data transfer Cycle the power supply between the CPU Unit and an Expansion e If the problem persists turn OFF the power supply and check the Unit or Expansion I O Unit Connecting Cables between the Units to see if they are conne
267. ot possible to change the setting while power is being supplied to the CPU Unit To change the I O range turn the CPU Unit OFF then ON again 3 Reading Analog Input Conversion Values The ladder program can be used to read the memory area words where the converted val ues are stored Values are output to the next two words m 1 m 2 following the last input word m allo cated to the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit 4 Writing Analog Output Set Values The ladder program can be used to write data to the memory area where the set value is stored The output word will be n 1 where n is the last output word allocated to the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit 5 Startup Operation After the power is turned ON it will require two cycle times plus approximately 50 ms before the first conversion data is stored in the input words Therefore create a program as shown below so that when operation begins simultaneously with startup it will wait for valid conver sion data Analog input data will be 0000 until initial processing is completed Analog output data will be 0 V or 0 mA until the range code has been written After the range code has been writ ten the analog output data will be 0 V or 0 mA if the range is 0 to 10 V 10 to 10 V or O to 20 mA or it will be 1 V or 4 mA if the range is 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA Always ON Flag P On LE TIM 5 will start as soon as
268. ound to 1000 or less Wire a separate circuit for the power supply circuit so that there is no voltage drop from the inrush current or startup current that flows when other equipment is turned ON When several CP1E PLCs are being used it is recommended to wire the PLCs on separate cir cuits to prevent a voltage drop from the inrush current or incorrect operation of the circuit breaker DC Power Supply Wiring Use crimp terminals or solid wire for power supply wiring Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to terminals 6 2mm max Ou 6 2mm max DE M3 self rising terminal screws are used Tighten the terminal block screws to the torque of 0 5 N m Use a power supply within the allowable voltage fluctuation range 20 4 to 26 4 VDC The maximum power consumption is 20 W for N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units 13 W for N14 20 CPU Units 9W for E10 CPU Units There will be a inrush current of about five times that level when the power is turned ON Grounding e Always ground the ground terminal to 1000 or less to protect against electric shock and incorrect operation from electrical noise The GR terminal is a ground terminal To prevent electrical shock use a dedicated ground line 2mm min of 100 or less Do not connect ground lines to other devices or to the frame of a building Doing so will reverse the effectiveness of the ground and instead have a bad influence Precautions for Safe Use Be sure not t
269. ount reaches a specified value or falls within a specified range High speed counter input frequency speed can be measured The input pulse frequency can be measured using the PRV instruction counter O only D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 1 5 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 1 Overview and Specifications Versatile Pulse Control for Transistor Output CPU Units Fixed duty ratio pulse outputs can be output from the CPU Unit s built in outputs and used to perform positioning or speed control with a servomotor or a stepping motor that accepts pulse inputs Two pulse outputs at 100 kHz are provided as standard features o O f q D Li E31 PD l OF Stepping Motor j Servomotor Ife Em lt fei 7 NEA 16 Built in Outputs Functions can be assigned See note Two a outputs 100 a Note The instruction used to control each output determines whether it is used as a normal output pulse output or PWM output Positioning is possible with Trapezoidal Acceleration and Deceleration Trapezoidal acceleration and deceleration can be used for positioning using the PULSE OUTPUT PLS2 instruction Jogging Can
270. output T5 Execution word as the analog output set value condition 8000 EQ Open circuit alarm D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 35 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr sun o i Bojeuy 8 uonejedo 10 MO 4 8 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 4 Temperature Sensor Units 8 4 1 Overview CP1W TS002 TS102 Temperature Sensor Units each provide up to four input points and CP1W TS001 TS101 Temperature Sensor Units each provide up to two input points The inputs can be from thermocouples or platinum resistance thermometers CP1W TS002 TS102 Temperature Sensor Units are each allocated four input words 8 4 2 Part Names and Functions Temperature Sensor Units CP1W TSOOO 3 Rotary Switch 2 DIP Switch 5 Expansion Connector 4 Expansion I O Connecting Cable 1 Temperature Sensor Input Terminals 1 Temperature Sensor Input Terminals Used to connect temperature sensors such as thermocouples or platinum resistance thermome ters 2 DIP Switch Used to set the temperature unit C or F and the number of decimal places used 3 Rotary Switch Used to set the
271. pdated driver software for your device install this driver software anyway Only install driver software obtained from your manufacturer s website or disc Unsigned software from other sources may harm your computer or steal information vw See details The following dialog box will be dis a played when the driver software has 122 ui asn Aq Bunoeuuo z t been installed successfu lly The software for this device has been successfully installed Windows has finished installing the driver software for this device OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device T D m 5 a g amp o c n us g D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 4 13 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 4 Programming Device Confirming Installation Check that the driver has been installed correctly after the installation 1 From the desktop click Start and right click My Computer A pop up menu will be displayed 2 Select Properties The System Properties Dialog Box will be displayed 3 Click the Hardware Tab and click the Device Manager Button The Device Manager Dialog Box will be displayed 4 Double click the USB Universal Serial Bus Controller Device 5 Check that OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device is displayed If it appears then the USB driver has been installed correctly 2 Device Manager File Action View Help Hm Fe 4 Gy IDE ATA ATAPI
272. perature range does not match the sensor Do not set the temperature range to any values other than those for which tem perature ranges are given in the following table An incorrect setting may cause operating errors D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 19 Precautions for Safe Use 20 Observe the following precautions when using a CP series PLC Power Supply Always use the power supply voltages specified in the users manuals An incorrect voltage may result in malfunction or burning Take appropriate measures to ensure that the specified power with the rated voltage and fre quency is supplied Be particularly careful in places where the power supply is unstable An incor rect power supply may result in malfunction Double check all wiring and switch settings before turning ON the power supply Incorrect wiring may result in burning Always turn OFF the power supply to the PLC before attempting any of the following Not turning OFF the power supply may result in malfunction or electric shock e Mounting or dismounting Expansion Units or Expansion I O Units Mounting or dismounting Option Boards Setting rotary switches Connecting cables or wiring the system Connecting or disconnecting the connectors Installation Before touching a Unit be sure to firs
273. r Y 5r TE eL eie DC ls ssl Les T re Ort Ore OF RE NN Lt Tir fetes DC Power Supply NC V FEX 5 CIO 100 ClO 101 NC COM N30DR D e Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1E N30DT O CIO 100 ClO 101 OOOO OOOO 00 01 02 04 05 07 00 02 COM COM COM 03 COM 06 COM 01 03 m I L TTTo ote DC Power Supply N NC CIO 100 CIO 101 NC COM N30DT D Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1E N30DT1 0 CIO 100 CIO 101 C QD GG 000 0 ss 00 01 02 04 05 07 00 02 COM COM COM 03 COM 06 COM 01 03 ITT OSTOT 9 4 4 DC Power Supply A J NC CIO 100 CIO 101 NC COM N30DT1 D A 12 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices CPU Units with 40 I O Points Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram All Models AC Power Supply CP1E E40DR A CP1E N40DOD A DC Power Supply CP1E NAODLILI D Output Wiring Diagram e Relay Outputs C
274. r consumption 14 388 W 4 162 W 0 173A lt 0 3A of external 4 162 W 24 V 0 173 A power supply pejoeuuo aie spun uoisuedx3 10 sun 0 1 uorsuedx3 ueuM Ayoede Ajddns samog euJelX3 L p Z D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 2 15 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 4 2 Current Consumption 2 16 CPU Units E type CPU Units Current consumption I O capacity Model number 5 VDC 24 VDC 10 I O points CP1E E10DR A 0 08A 0 04A CP1E E10DT A 0 11A 0 00A CP1E E10DT1 A 0 11A 0 00A CP1E E10DR D 0 08A 0 04A CP1E E10DT D 0 11A 0 00A CP1E E10DT1 D 0 11A 0 00A 14 I O points CP1E E14DR A 0 16A 0 07A 20 I O points CP1E E20DR A 0 17A 0 08A 30 I O points CP1E E30DR A 0 17A 0 07A 40 I O points CP1E E40DR A 0 17A 0 09A N type CPU Units Current consumption I O capacity Model number 5 VDC 24 VDC 14 I O points CP1E N14DR A 0 17A 0 07A CP1E N14DT A 0 22A 0 02A CP1E N14DT1 A 0 22A 0 02A CP1E N14DR D 0 17A 0 07A CP1E N14DT D 0 22A 0 02A CP1E N14DT1 D 0 22A 0 02A 20 I O points CP1E N20DR A 0 18A 0 08A CP1E N20DT A 0 23A 0 02A CP1E N20DT1 A 0 23A 0 02A CP1E N20DR D 0 18A 0 08A CP1E N20DT D 0 23A 0 02A CP1E N20DT1 D 0 23A 0 02A 30 I O points CP1E N30DR A 0 21A 0 0
275. r www d3e fr Related Manuals The following manuals are related to the CP1E Use them together with this manual Manual name Cat No Model numbers Application Contents SYSMAC CP Series W479 CP1E ELILIDLI LI To learn the hard Describes the following information for CP1E CP1 qus m ed CP1E NEIEIDEL EI os e PLCs ware User s Manua of the S i e Overview and features this manual CP1E NADODO O i Basic system configuration Part names and functions Installation and settings Troubleshooting Use this manual together with the CP1E CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W480 and Instructions Reference Manual Cat No W483 SYSMAC CP Series W480 CP1E ELILIDLI LI To learn the software Describes the following information for CP1E CP1 vidis is en CP1E NOOpo 0 RENE ofthe PLCs ware Users Manual S CP1E NAOODO Q CPU Unit operation Internal memory Programming Settings CPU Unit built in functions Interrupts High speed counter inputs Pulse outputs Serial communications Analog I O function Other functions Use this manual together with the CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W479 and Instructions Reference Manual Cat No W483 SYSMAC CP Series W483 CP1E ELILIDLI LI To learn program Describes each programming instruction in CP1 E CPU Unit Instruc CP1E NOOpo 0 ming instructions in detail tions Reference Manual CP1E NADOpo 0 detail When programming
276. ram capacity 1 2 1 10 2 4 2 5 2 6 Program Grror ieeeiieee icio n kae sedeo dena 6 5 6 9 Programming devices 4 2 Pulse outp ts 5 euge recien 3 14 PWM OutpUt oerte recepte ntu cene eunte et 3 14 Q Quick response inputs 3 10 R Rotary SWItCh ei ieri EE 8 39 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr RS 232C Option Board 2 7 3 17 DIMENSIONS vise rr teret rer tret e tae cepe gelu A 3 RS 232C RS 422A Conversion Unit Appearance te etre re irate neet rat s A 41 DIP Switch for operation settings A 41 RS 422A Conversion Unit Appearance nn nine tietekest rei tnrba exe irbes A 40 DIMENSIONS nix rnit eee Ho rH s A 41 DIP Switch for operation settings A 40 Electrical specifications ssesss A 40 RS 422A 485 Option Board sssse 2 7 3 17 DIMENSIONS crota oa a A 4 S Serial communications A 30 Serial Communications Port 3 16 Seral PLC LipKS ets eer e Per e rene A 33 Service life of relays CPU Unit oer dns ns 3 12 Expansion I O Unit 3 26 Specifications Analog I O Unit 8 23 Analog Input Unit 8 3 Analog Output Unit 8 13 Characteristics sess usure tin 1 10 CompoBus
277. rminals and cables for wiring y 2 Connect the power supply terminals Connect power supply to power supply Refer to 5 3 2 Wiring Power Supply terminals L1 and L2 N and Ground Lines Ground to 100 Q or less Refer to 5 3 2 Wiring Power Supply 3 Ground the ground terminal and Ground Lines 4 Connect the input terminals Connect sensors and switches to the Refer to 5 3 3 I O Wiring terminals 5 Connect the output terminals Connect loads to the terminals Refer to 5 3 3 I O Wiring 5 3 2 Wiring Power Supply and Ground Lines Wiring AC Power Supply and Ground 100 to 240 VAC 50 60 Hz R S MCCB Upper Terminal Block L1 L2 N COM 01 03 05 07 09 11 01 03 05 07 09 11 A 00 02 04 06 08 10 00 02 04 06 08 10 LG Functional ground terminal GR Protective ground terminal lt Ground to 100 Q or less e Wire a separate circuit for the power supply circuit so that there is no voltage drop from the inrush current or startup current that flows when other equipment is turned ON e When several CP1E PLCs are being used it is recommended to wire the PLCs on separate cir cuits to prevent a voltage drop from the inrush current or incorrect operation of the circuit breaker 5 14 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE
278. ronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices A 1 Dimensions 0 08e nas tennis ni eee A 2 A d 1 GPUUnitS 21212 12e bRRORRR RR AR 4 ide d base helene A 2 A 1 2 Option Boards A 3 A 1 3 Expansion I O Units 0 0 0 0 ett eae A 5 A s1 4 Expansion Unis sise d s eae Mande van dev dt date A 7 A 2 Wiring Diagrams A 9 A2 CPU Units icxzkssbuuue soie riae E RUN E NER d Rn RS Es A 9 A 2 2 Expansion I O Units A 17 A 2 3 Expansion Units A 24 A 2 4 Serial Communications A 30 A 3 Wiring for Serial Communications A 35 A 3 1 Recommended RS 232C Wiring A 35 A 3 2 Recommended RS 422A 485 Wiring A 38 A 3 8 Converting the Built in RS 232C Port to RS 422A 485 A 39 A 3 4 Reducing Electrical Noise for External Wiring A 43 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE A 1 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices A 1 Dimensions A 1 1 CPU Units CPU U
279. ronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 1 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr CP1E CPU Unit Manuals Information on the CP1E CPU Units is provided in the following manuals Refer to the appropriate manual for the information that is required CP1E CPU Unit Hardware CP1E CPU Unit Software CP1E CPU Unit Instructions User s Manual Cat No W479 User s Manual Cat No W480 Reference Manual Cat No W483 Mounting and 1 Setting Hardware Names and specifications of the parts of all Units Basic system configuration for each CPU Unit Connection methods for Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units Wiring Wiring methods for the power supply Wiring methods between external I O devices and Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units Connecting Online to the PLC Connecting Cables for CX Programmer Procedures for connecting the Support Software CX Programmer Support Software Software Setup Software setting methods for the CPU Units PLC Setup Creating the Program Program types and basic information Detailed information on CPU Unit operation programming instructions Internal memory Built in CPU functions Settings Checking and Debugging Operation Checking I O wiring setting the Auxiliary Area settings and performing trial operation Monitoring and debugging with the Maintenance and CX Programmer 7 Trou
280. rrent R Bleeder resistance Rin PLC input impedance 4 Precautions on Sensor Inrush Current An incorrect input may occur due to sensor inrush current if a sensor is turned ON after the PLC has started up to the point where inputs are possible Determine the time required for sensor operation to stabilize after the sensor is turned ON and take appropriate measures such as inserting into the program a timer delay after turn ing ON the sensor D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 5 19 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 5 Installation and Wiring 5 20 Programming Example In this example the sensor s power supply voltage is used as the input to CIO 0 00 A 100 ms timer delay the time required for an OMRON Proximity Sensor to stabilize is created in the program After the Completion Flag for the timer turns ON the sensor input on input bit CIO 0 01 will cause output bit CIO 100 00 to turn ON TIM 100 0001 T100 0 01 C 100 00 Output Wiring Protective Circuit for Load Short circuits If a load connected to the output terminals is short circuited output components and the printed cir cuit boards may be damaged To guard against this incorporate a fuse in the external circuit Use a fuse with a capacity of about twice the rated output Connecting to a TTL Circuit A TTL
281. rt the clock function so the time of occurrence cannot be confirmed The display is always 01 01 01 01 01 01 Sunday Checking Error Log Information The following methods can be used to check error log information with the CX Programmer CX Programmer PLC Error Window Check the error log by clicking the Error Log Tab in the PLC Errors Window of the CX Programmer Ex PLC Errors NewPLC1 5 xl File Options Help Errors Eror Log Messages Fatal Memory Error The error code is displayed here Clear All CPIE N40 Monitor Clock Not Monitoring The example above shows that a memory error has occurred Error code 80F1 Memory error Error contents A403 0400 A403 10 is ON Backup memory error 6 4 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 6 Troubleshooting e Directly Monitoring the Area where Error Log Information is Stored 1 Connect the CX Programmer online 2 Read words A100 to A199 3 Check the error status from the registered data 6 1 5 Types of Errors The type of error that has occurred can be identified by checking the indicators on the front of the CPU Unit or by using the CX Programmer to check the error status The errors detected by the CPU Unit are listed in the following table Refer to 6 2 Troubleshooting Unit Errors for errors not detected
282. s Item Voltage input Current input Number of inputs 2 inputs Allocated 2 words CIO 90 to CIO 91 e Input signal range Oto 5V 1to05V Oto 10 V or 10 O to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA to 10V g Max rated input 15 V 30 mA S External input impedance 1 MQ min Approx 2500 zj Resolution 1 6000 Overall accuracy At 25 C 0 3 full scale 0 4 full scale 0 to 55 C 0 6 full scale 0 8 full scale A D conversion 10 to 10 V F448 to OBB8 hex FS data Other ranges 0000 to 1770 hex FS Averaging function Supported Set for individual inputs in the PLC Setup Open circuit detection function Supported Value when disconnected 8000 hex Analog Output Specifications suogeoyioedg O UOWWOD Item Voltage output Current output Number of outputs 1 output Allocated 1 word CIO 190 Output signal range Oto5V 1to5V Oto 10V or 10 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA to 10V Allowable external output load resis 1 kO min 600 max tance External input impedance 0 5Qmax Resolution 1 6000 Overall accuracy At 25 C 0 4 full scale 0 to 55 C 0 8 full scale D A conversion 10 to 10 V F448 to OBB8 hex FS data Other ranges 0000 to 1770 hex FS When the analog current output is O to 20mA the accuracy cannot be ensured at 0 2mA or less Shared I O Specifications Item Specification Conversion time 2 ms point 6 ms total for 2 analog inputs and 1 analog ou
283. s as voltage or current inputs and set the averag ing function 2 Connect analog I O devices Wire the analog I O 3 e s the ladder program Analog inputs Read converted data Analog output Write set values Reading Range Code Settings and A D Conversion Data CPU Unit Analog I O Unit Ladder program PCs Word n 1 Range code Analog input O mov 21 MOVE instruction Word m 1 converted value Analog input 1 e Writes the range code Word m 2 SA ue Val e e Reads the converted u values syun o I Bojeuy 8 Analog I O devices m is the last input word and n is the last l e Temperature sensor i output word allocated to the CPU Unit or i e Pressure sensor l l previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit e Speed sensor e Flow sensor PP NE RS Ne z e Voltage current meter 65 e Other oo A m o z 9 O TD oO 5 2 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 29 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion l O Units e Writing D A Conversion Data CPU Unit Analog I O Unit Ladder program Word n 1 Range code Analog output set value MOVv 21 MOVE instruction e Writes the range code Writes the set value
284. s communications power supply relay terminals BDL BDH Connect the CompoBus S Communications Cable A 2 4 Serial Communications Wiring Examples for PTs Using NT Link Connecting a PT and a PLC 1 1 with RS 232C Ports Communications Mode 1 N NT Link N 1 only OMRON Cables with Connectors XW2Z 200T 2 m XW2Z 500T 5 m CP1E N NA type CPU Unit PT Signal Pin Pin Signal FG Hood Hood FG FG 1 1 SD 2 2 SD Built in RD 3 3 RD RS 232C iE RS 4 4 RS interface cs 5 5 cs 5V 6 6 5V DR 7 7 ER 8 8 SG 9 9 SG D sub 9 pin connector male D sub 9 pin connector male Connecting a PT and a PLC with 1 N NT Link and RS 422A 485 Ports Using 4 wire RS 422A Communications Communications mode 1 N NT Link N 1 only CP1E N NA type CPU Unit NS series PT Cale i i RS 422A Conversion o g Unit NS AL002 RS 422A 485 Option Board CP1W CIF11 12 TN NT Link A 30 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Appendices e Wiring Example RS 422A 485 Option Board NS series PT NS AL002 DIP switch settings DIP switch for operat
285. s eerren 5 13 Number of Expansion I O Units connected 1 10 2 10 2 13 5 13 Number of simultaneously ON points 2 13 O Operating environment 4 4 Option Board eite ata Forero sina n 3 16 Option Board error 6 6 6 13 Option Board slot 3 7 Option Boards DIMENSIONS E A 3 Optional Products ep 2 7 Output etrrOl s cree titre trt iret ie ine edu 6 16 Quitput WEIT csset inrer e Re en eio dnte 5 20 P Part names and functions Analog WO Unit tissu Analog Input Unit Analog Output Unit cce CompoBus S 1 0 Link Unit E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units 3 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units 3 6 Expansiom N O Unit ect ies 3 23 Expansion Input Unit 3 20 Expansion Output Unit 3 21 Temperature Sensor Unit 8 36 Periodic inspection icio cerh aree 7 2 Peripheral USB port ss 3 2 3 6 4 8 6 18 PLC Setup error sessssssssseeeeee 6 6 6 13 Power consumption 1 9 Power supply error eseem 6 5 Precautions Precautions on Connecting Units 5 13 Precautions when connecting a two wire DC sensor 5 19 Restrictions of CPU Unit with 16 or 32 I O Points 3 26 Restrictions on system configuration 2 13 Unit replacement precautions eee eeeeeeeeneeeee 7 4 Prog
286. s error Clear outputs after a communications error 3 LED Indicators Used to show the CompoBus S communications status Meaning Indicator Yellow ON Communications in progress OFF Communications stopped or error has occurred Communications indicator ON A communications error has occurred OFF Indicates normal communications or stand by ERR Error indicator 4 Expansion I O Connecting Cable Connected to the expansion connector of a CP1E CPU Unit or an Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit The cable is provided with the CompoBus S I O Link Unit and cannot be removed Precautions for Safe Use Do not touch the cables during operation Static electricity may cause operating errors 5 Expansion Connector Used to connect Expansion Units or Expansion I O Units D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 53 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr spun Jun O I S sngoduio 8 suonounJ pue seuleN Hed z S 8 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units 8 5 3 Specifications Model CP1W SRT21 Master slave CompoBus S Slave Number of I O points 8 input points 8 output points Number of words allocated in 1 input word 1 output word CPU Unit I O memory Node number setting Set using the DIP switch Set before turning on the CPU Unit s power supply 8 5 4 Flow of Operati
287. s lifetime will be shorter when it is used at higher temperatures The following table shows the approximate minimum lifetimes and typical lifetimes for the backup Bat tery total time with power not supplied Approx maximum Approx minimum 5 A CP1E NLILIDLEI EI 5 years 13 000 hours 43 000 hours CP1E NADODO O 1 5 years 5 years The minimum lifetime is the memory backup time at an ambient temperature of 55 C The typical lifetime is the memory backup time at an ambient temperature of 25 C SHUN ndo ed vN N ur Moyeg ou Buroeldeg Z Z m Memory Backup Time 5 years CP1E N NA type CPU Unit 4 years r BYCRS Fersen 2 years qoectem pB 1year gt Ambient temperature D a O I e O a Oise Oo This graphic is for reference only D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 7 5 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 7 Maintenance and Inspection Low Battery Indications The ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash when the Battery is nearly discharged O O za D ex B 1cH omron PERIPHERAL r3 SYSMAC PIE Flashing EE BATTERY
288. s simultaneously with startup it will wait for valid conver sion data The analog input data will be 0000 until the initial processing is completed Always ON TIM6 is started when the power is turned ON P On After 0 1 to 0 2 s 100 to 200 ms elapses the TIM5 contact turns ON and the analog input 1 conversion data stored in CIO 2 is trans T5 ferred to DO MOV 6 Handling Unit Errors When an error occurs in an Analog Input Unit the analog input conversion data becomes 0000 Expansion Unit errors are output to bits O to 5 of word A436 for Units 1 to 3 The bits are allocated from A436 00 in order starting with the Unit nearest the CPU Unit CP1W AD041 is allocated two bits each Use these flags in the program when it is necessary to detect errors D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 7 Ladder Program Example n Destination Analog input Input range Range code Averaging Set data d 9 Input 1 0 to 10 V 01 Yes 1101 D hex n 1 Input 2 4 to 20 mA 10 Yes 1110 E hex n 1 Input 3 10 to 10 V 00 No 1000 8 hex n 2 Input 4 Not used 00 0000 0 hex n 2 First Cycle Flag A200 11 Writes set data E and D Always ON Writes set data O and 8 P On Execution T condition p Input 2 open circuit alarm
289. s srnieic vai kata riui aora c wv ada di e E aaa Fi Precautions for Safe USSR c indes dunica rdbY gas pce rdv E chida gau Cru dara E cu V RR Operating Environment Precautions ss Regulations and Standards smssnnnmnannganaannnenueeeneeentes Related Manuals 1 22cccceccceceeceeccecceceeececceceeceeceeceeceaseuseecenscuseecenseasesseeseuseeeeees Section 1 Overview and Specifications 1 1 CPTE OVGRVIOW in a bkn anna Gi een aeaa aae a aee a en ER i i ae co a cun c a ion dan a 1 1 1 Overview of Features nnne nenne nennen nenne nennen ener nnn nnn n nass sese igit 1 1 2 Fealtlres in o a e vea ea ud een est ed ety lave an FeVR Te riv sn E e Ve aa RUE 1 2 Basic Operating Procedure ss nineennnnnnnnenesennness 1 3 Specifications ce 1 3 1 General Specifications is 1 3 2 ChiaracteristiCs o eee tret ERE rine ss EEEE EAE ces Sed 1 3 3 Functional Specifications 0 00 ccceeeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeeeeseeeeeneeesaeeeeeeseeeeeeeseaeesieeseneeeeaees Section 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 1 Basic System Configuration sens 2 1 1 Basic System Configuration Using an E type CPU Unit 2 1 2 Basic System Configuration Using an N NA type CPU Unit MECJUICIME 2 2 1 GPU Unit Models tee Pr taste i pai Rb RD RR recente se Rag 2 2 2 Optional Prod cis 5 Dt 2 2 3 Unit Versions of CPU Units aimes RE nt sienne
290. se Either separate the PLC and noise the PLC Sources source or protect the PLC 4 Installation Check that the Option Boards No looseness Correct any improperly installed con and wiring and cable connectors are fully nectors D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE inserted and locked Check for loose screws in external wiring No looseness Tighten loose screws with a Phillips screwdriver Check crimp connectors in external wiring Adequate spacing between connec tors Check visually and adjust if neces sary Check for damaged external wiring cables No damage Check visually and replace cables if necessary T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr uonoedsu pue e2ueuejure y DIPOLad L Z m eoueuejure u pue uonoedsu e L 7 7 Maintenance and Inspection 7 1 4 Unit Replacement Precautions Check the following when replacing any faulty Units discovered during inspections Do not replace a Unit until the power is turned OFF Check the new Unit to make sure that there are no errors If a faulty Unit is being returned for repair describe the problem in as much detail as possible enclose this description with the Unit and return the Unit to your OMRON representative For poor contact take a clean cotton cloth soak the cloth in industrial alcohol and carefully wipe the contacts clean Be
291. shing hing Immediate 1 0 refreshing by immediate refreshing instructions refreshing Input response times Input constants can be set for Basic I O Units The response time can be increased to reduce the effects of chattering and noise at input contacts The response time can be decreased to enable detect ing shorter input pulses Outputs Pulse out Pulse control A pulse signal is output and positioning or speed control is performed with a puts Mod servo driver that accepts a pulse input els with Continuous mode for speed control or independent mode for position control transistor can be used There are functions for changing to positioning during speed con outputs trol and for changing the target value during positioning only Origin positioning Origin searches and origin returns PWM outputs Models with transis Pulses for which the duty ratio ratio between ON time and OFF time during tor outputs only one pulse cycle can be set are output Normal Load OFF function All of the outputs on the CPU Unit s I O can be turned OFF when an error outputs occurs in RUN or MONITOR mode Built in analog Analog input Convert analog signal into digital value range from 0 to 6 000 Analog output Convert digital value range from 0 to 6 000 into analog signal Expansion Functions sup VO refresh Cyclic refreshing The Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units are cyclically refreshed is iia Es UR ing Refreshing by IORF I O refreshing by IORE instructi
292. sion Adapter 9 e NV3W ML120L Programmable Terminal S a CP1W CIF11 or CP1W CIF12 RS 422A 485 Option Board Front Rear Communications status indicator CPU Unit connector DIP switch for operation settings RS 232C connector D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 3 17 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions RS 422A 485 Terminal Block RDA RDB SDA Tighten screws on the terminal block to 0 28 N m DIP switch for operation settings Pin Setting 1 ON ON both ends Terminating resistance selection OFF OFF 2 ON 2 wire connections 2 wire or 4 wire selection OFF 4 wire connections 3 ON 2 wire connections 2 wire or 4 wire selection OFF 4 wire connections Not used 5 ON HS control enabled RS control selection for RD 2 OFF RS control disabled Data always received 6 JON RS control enabled RS control selection for SD 3 OFF RS control disabled Data always sent Set both pins 2 and 3 to either ON 2 wire or OFF 4 wire To disable the echo back function set pin 5 to ON RS control enabled When connecting to a device on the N side in a 1 N connection with the 4 wire method set pin 6 to ON RS control enabled Also when connecting by the 2 wire method set pin 6 to ON RS control enabled
293. sistance Thermometer CP1W TS101 One or two Pt or JPt platinum resistance thermometers can be connected to the CP1W TS101 Both of the thermometers must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for each Example Cold junction Temperature inpu compensator Temperature input 3 Input O A suieJjBeiq BuulM z v JN Temperature input O Temperature input 1 CP1W TS102 One to four Pt or JPt platinum resistance thermometers can be connected to the CP1W TS102 All of the thermometers must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for each D Example E 9 Input O Input 1 Input 1 NC Input 2 Input 3 Input 3 a A A B A A B 9 Input O Input O Input 1 NC Input 2 Input 2Input 3 S B B B B B B a E SEU O L O lt Q O O O O O 3 m m 5 Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature input O input 1 input 2 input 3 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr A 29 Appendices CP1W SRT21 CompoBus S I O Link Unit Terminal Block is not removable Wiring Diagrams These terminals are not used They can however be used a
294. spec tion This section describes periodic inspections the service life of the Bat tery and how to replace the Battery Section 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units This section describes application methods for Expansion Units Appendices The appendices provide information on dimensions wiring diagrams and wiring serial communications for the CP1E CP1E CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W480 Section Section 1 Overview Contents This section gives an overview of the CP1E describes its application procedures Section 2 CPU Unit Memory This section describes the types of internal memory in a CP1E CPU Unit and the data that is stored Section 3 CPU Unit Operation This section describes the operation of a CP1E CPU Unit Section 4 Programming Concepts This section provides basic information on designing ladder programs for a CP1E CPU Unit Section 5 I O Memory This section describes the types of I O memory areas in a CP1E CPU Unit and the details Section 6 I O Allocation This section describes I O allocation used to exchange data between the CP1E CPU Unit and other units Section 7 PLC Setup This section describes the PLC Setup which are used to perform basic settings for a CP1E CPU Unit Section 8 Overview and Allocation of Built in Functions This section lists the built in functions and describes the overall applica tion flow and the a
295. supply terminals D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 31 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units EN Additional Information Refer to the following information on open circuits when using voltage inputs Internal circuits Example If connected device 2 is outputting 5 V and the same power supply is being used for both devices as shown above approximately 1 3 or 1 6 V will be applied to the input for input device 1 If a wiring disconnection occurs when voltage input is being used the situation described below will result Either separate the power supplies for the connected devices or use an isolator for each input f the same power supply is being used by the connected devices and a disconnection occurs at points A or B in the above diagram an unwanted circuit path will occur as shown along the dotted line in the diagram If that occurs a voltage of approximately 1 3 to 1 2 of the output voltage of the other connected device will be generated e f that voltage is generated while the setting is for 1 to 5 V open circuit detection may not be possible f a disconnection occurs at point C in the diagram the negative side will be used for both devices and open circuit detection will not be possible This problem will not occur for current inputs even if the same power supply is
296. sure to remove any lint prior to remounting the Unit H Precautions for Correct Use When replacing a CPU Unit be sure that not only the user program but also all other data required for operation is transferred to or set in the new CPU Unit before starting operation including DM Area and HR Area settings If data area and other data are not correct for the user program unexpected accidents may occur D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 7 Maintenance and Inspection 7 2 Replacing the Battery in N NA type CPU Units For CP1E N NA type CPU Units the data in the following areas may be unstable when the power is turned ON Mount the CP1W BATO1 Battery sold separately to an N NA type CPU Unit if data in the following areas need to be retained after a power interruption DM Area D excluding words backed up to the EEPROM using the DM backup function Holding Area H Counter Present Values and Completion Flags C Auxiliary Area related to clock function A A Battery cannot be mounted to an E type CPU Unit The procedure to replace the Battery on an N NA type CPU Unit is given below Battery Service Life and Replacement Period At 25 C the maximum service life for the Battery is five years whether or not power is supplied to the CPU Unit while the Battery is installed The Battery
297. t in DO and D1 0001 is stored in D1 when the input data is a negative value The following system configuration is used CP1E CPU Unit CP1W TS001 101 Temperature Sensor Unit Inputs CIO 0 CIO 2 CIO 1 CIO 3 Outputs CIO 100 CIO 101 None 6 Programming with BCD Instruction Always ON P_On Execution WO 00 condition 0000 D1 2 15 CLC SBB 0000 DO BCD DO DO MOV 0001 D1 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE O C 0 normal Temperature unit setting Two decimal place Mode Input range setting 1 Pt100 200 0 to 650 0 C CIO 2 Input O Detects completion of input 0 initialization ON when input O has been initialized Detects an open circuit alarm or Unit error by checking whether the error code 7FFF has been output ON when an open circuit alarm or Unit error has been detected for input O Stores positive BCD data in DO Stores 0000 in D1 When input 0 converted value is negative 0000 minus two s complement actual value Stores negative BCD data in DO Stores 0001 in D1 to indicate a negative number 8 45 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr SHU 10SU9S ounjejoduio p 8 uonejedo 10 MO 4 r v 8 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion l O Units 7 Programming with
298. t touch a grounded metallic object in order to discharge any static build up Not doing so may result in malfunction or damage Be sure that the terminal blocks connectors Option Boards and other items with locking devices are properly locked into place Improper locking may result in malfunction e Wiring Wire correctly according to specified procedures in this manual Always use the following size wire when connecting I O terminals AWG22 to AWG18 0 32 to 0 82 mm Install external breakers and take other safety measures against short circuiting in external wiring Insufficient safety measures against short circuiting may result in burning Always connect to a ground of 100 or less when installing the Units Not connecting to a ground of 100 Q or less may result in electric shock Leave the label attached to the top of the Unit when wiring to prevent the entry of foreign matter Removing the label may result in malfunction if foreign matter enters the Unit Remove the label after the completion of wiring to ensure proper heat dissipation Leaving the label attached may result in malfunction Use crimp terminals for wiring Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to terminals Connec tion of bare stranded wires may result in burning Do not apply voltages to the input terminals in excess of the rated input voltage Excess voltages may result in burning Do not apply voltages or connect loads to the output terminals in excess of the
299. t word CIO 100 addresses CIO 101 None Example 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit uonejedo 10 MO 4 r v 8 CPU Unit CP1W TS002 102 Temperature Sensor Unit Input word CIO 0 addresses CIO 1 Output word CIO 100 addresses CIO 101 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 41 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units 8 42 2 Reading Temperature Data The temperature data will be stored in the input words allocated to the Temperature Sensor Unit in 4 digit hexadecimal CP1W TS002 TS102 m 1 m 2 m 3 m 4 m is the last input word allocated to the CPU Unit Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit connected immediately before the Temperature Sensor Unit e f the converted value is a negative value it will be stored as its two s complements Data for range codes that include one digit after the decimal point are stored as binary Converted temperature data from input 0 Converted temperature data from input 1 Converted temperature data from input 2 Converted temperature data from input 3 CP1W TS001 TS101 m 1 m 2 Converted temperature data from input 0 Converted temperature data from input 1 without the decimal point i e 10 times the actual value is stored Input Data conversion examples U
300. ta as the two s complement if it is a negative value AVE 10V F31C F448 9000 73300 3000 0000 0 gt Conversion Data ov OBB8 OCE4 7FFF Hexadecimal Decimal 3000 3300 10V 11V 0 to 10V The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 0 to 10 V The entire output range is 0 5 to 10 5 V Specify the DA conversion data as the two s complement if it is a negative value D Z D o i 10 5 V 2 10V 3 a FED4 8000 300 0000 0 gt Conversion Data VERE Hexadecimal Decimal OV 1770 189C 6000 6300 0 5 V 1to5V The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 1 to 5 V The entire output range is 0 8 to 5 2 V suoneoyioads c e g 8000 7zFFE Conversion Data FED4 1770 189C F 300 oy 6000 6300 Hexadecimal Decimal D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 8 27 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion 1 O Units 0 to 20 mA The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog current range of 0 to 20 mA The entire output range is 0 to 21 mA 21 mA 20 mA 0000 0 Conversion Data oma 6000 6300 7FFF Hexadecimal Decimal 4to20mA The hexadecimal values 0000
301. tallation and Wiring 5 24 Conditions for Meeting EMC Directives when Using CP series Relay Expansion I O Units EN61131 2 immunity testing conditions when using the CP1W 40EDR CP1W 32ER or CP1W 16ER with a CP1W CN811 I O Connecting Cable are given below e Recommended Ferrite Core Ferrite Core Data Line Filter 0443 164151 manufactured by Nisshin Electric Minimum impedance 90 Q at 25 MHz 160 Q at 100 MHz HF4 32 HCO 33 gt e Recommended Connection Method 1 Cable Connection Method 2 Connection Method As shown below connect a ferrite core to each end of the CP1W CN811 I O Connecting Cable l D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Troubleshooting ELI This section describes how to troubleshoot problems that may occur with a CP1E PLC 6 1 Troubleshooting CPU Unit Errors 6 2 6 1 1 Errors and Remedies 2245443 ERR unies dre Rd Rel EE EG REX MEER
302. ted Unexpected opera tion however may still occur for errors in the I O control section errors in I O mem ory and errors that cannot be detected by the self diagnosis function As a countermeasure for all these errors external safety measures must be provided to ensure safety in the system The PLC outputs may remain ON or OFF due to deposition or burning of the output relays or destruction of the output transistors As a countermeasure for such prob lems external safety measures must be provided to ensure safety in the system When the 24 VDC output service power supply to the PLC is overloaded or short circuited the voltage may drop and result in the outputs being turned OFF As a countermeasure for such problems external safety measures must be provided to ensure safety in the system Fail safe measures must be taken by the customer to ensure safety in the event of incorrect missing or abnormal signals caused by broken signal lines momentary power interruptions or other causes Serious accidents may result from abnormal operation if proper measures are not provided Do not apply the voltage current outside the specified range to this unit It may cause a malfunction or fire D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr Be sure to sufficiently confirm the safety
303. ted in the ranges of 1 to 5 V and 4 to 20 mA The Analog Input Unit uses four input words and two output words 8 1 2 Part Names and Functions CP1W AD041 CPIW ADOAM 3 Expansion connector 2 Expansion I O connecting cable 1 Analog input terminals 1 Analog Input Terminals Connected to analog output devices Input Terminal Arrangement V IN1 Voltage input 1 IN Me N1 VIN2 mE A i Pana Teon E IN1 Current input 1 BSBOSUS COM Input common 1 VIN2 Voltage input 2 IN2 Current input 2 j COM2 Input common 2 VINS Voltage input 3 I INS Current input 3 COMS Input common 3 VINA Voltage input 4 INA Current input 4 COM4 Input common 4 Note When using current inputs voltage input terminals must be short circuited with current input terminals 2 Expansion I O Connecting Cable Connected to the CPU Unit or Expansion Unit expansion connector The cable is attached to the Analog Input Unit and cannot be removed 8 2 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion l O Units Precautions for Safe Use Do not touch the cables during operation
304. to an area without memory installed Writing to a write protected area Indirect DM addressing BCD error Refer to A298 and A299 instruction program address when the program fails and take corrective actions so that illegal area access errors will not occur e Set the PLC Setup to not stop operation for an instruc tion error No END Error A295 11 turns ON This error occurs when there is not an END instruc tion in the program Insert an END instruction at the end of the program allo cated to the task stored in A294 task number when the program fails Task Error A295 12 turns ON There is no specified interrupt task when an interrupt is generated input interrupt high speed counter interrupt or scheduled interrupt Create a task for the number stored in A294 task number when the program fails Differentiation Overflow Error A295 13 turns ON Differentiation instructions were repeatedly inserted or deleted using the online editor and the system restriction was exceeded Change the operating mode to PROGRAM mode and then return to MONITOR mode Illegal Instruction Errors A295 14 turns ON Execution of an unexecutable instruction was attempted Transfer the program again using the CX Programmer UM Overflow Error A295 15 turns ON An attempt was made to execute a program that exceeds the user program capacity Transfer the program again using the CX Programmer D3E Electron
305. tput Isolation method Photocoupler isolation between analog I O terminals and internal circuits No isolation between analog I O signals D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 3 15 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions 3 1 4 Optional Serial Communications Port for N NA type CPU Units The Serial Communication Port can be used for a CP1E N NA type CPU Unit O O a iem 2 Ti ean eo oi os os or T ost iy BATTERY Oo Log TNDE 3 fr CP1E N30 40 60 aom dl or NA20 CPU Unit i io a GU ld Built in AL RS 232C port O com CEEA CP1W CIFO1 CP1W CIF11 12 CP1W CIF41 RS 232C Option RS 422A 485 Option Ethernet Option Board Board Board version 2 0 Optional Serial Communication Board Maximum Model numbers Port transmission Connection method distance CP1W CIFO1 One RS 232C port 15m Connector D sub 9 pin female CP1W CIF11 One RS 422A 485 port not isolated 50m Terminal block using ferrules CP1W CIF12 One RS 422A 485 port isolated 500m Terminal block using ferrules CP1W CIF41 One Ethernet port 100m Connector RJ45 8 pin modular How to mount an Option Board When mounting an Option Board first remove the slot cover Grasp
306. tronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions 1 The bits that can be used depend on the model of CPU Unit 2 The response time is the delay caused by hardware The delay set in the PLC Setup 0 to 32 ms default 8 ms for a normal input must be added to this value Pulse plus direction input mode Increment mode Up down input mode Differential phase mode N NA type 0 00 0 01 N NA type 0 00 0 01 L 10 0us min I 20 0us min CR PS Poise ae Sees i MES 50 OFF w Orr a eam 10 ON gt p min min S OFF c c E type 0 00 to 0 07 E type 0 00 to 0 03 N NA type 0 02 to 0 07 N NA type 0 02 0 03 I 200s min I 1001s min ON OFF ON OFF Output Specifications for Relay Outputs CP1E OOODR O suogeoyioedg O UOWWOD Item Specification Maximum switching capacity 2 A 250 VAC cosp 1 2 A 24 VDC 4 A common Minimum switching capacity 10 mA 5 VDC Service life of Electrical Resistive 200 000 operations 24 VDC relay load Inductive 70 000 operations 250 VAC cos 0 4 load Mechanical 20 000 000 operations ON response time 15 ms max OFF response time 15 ms max Circuit configuration
307. ts and Expansion Units 2 11 2 3 5 Restrictions on System Configuration 2 13 2 4 Unit Current Consumption and External Power Supply Capacity 2 15 2 4 1 External Power Supply Capacity When Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units are Connected 2 15 2 4 2 Current Consumption 2 16 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 2 1 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 1 Basic System Configuration This section describes the system configurations using E type and N NA type CP1E CPU Units 2 1 1 Basic System Configuration Using an E type CPU Unit The system configuration when using a CP1E E type CPU Unit is shown below CP1E CPU Unit C Expansion 1 0 Units x a Expansion Units N DIN Track 2d arcad 20 or 40 I O Points Analog I O Support Software Personal computer 5 S SRE ipu PC AT or equivalent 8 inputs Analog inputs 8 outputs Analog outputs 16 outputs Temperature sensors 32 outputs CompoBus S 1 0 Link Unit Le 7 Up to 3 Units can be conne
308. ts for the DM Area to backup memory using one of the following methods Set the number of words of the DM Area to be backed up starting with DO in the Number of CH of DM for backup Box in the Startup Data Read Area Include programming to back up specified words in the DM Area to built in EEPROM by turning ON A751 15 DM Backup Save Start Bit Check the ladder program for proper execution before actually running it on the Unit Not checking the program may result in an unexpected operation The ladder program and parameter area data in the CP1E CPU Units are backed up in the built in EEPROM backup memory The BKUP indicator will light on the front of the CPU Unit when the backup operation is in progress Do not turn OFF the power supply to the CPU Unit when the BKUP indicator is lit The data will not be backed up if power is turned OFF and a memory error will occur the next time the power supply is turned ON With a CP1E CPU Unit data memory can be backed up to the built in EEPROM backup memory The BKUP indicator will light on the front of the CPU Unit when backup is in progress Do not turn OFF the power supply to the CPU Unit when the BKUP indicator is lit If the power is turned OFF during a backup the data will not be backed up and will not be transferred to the DM Area in RAM the next time the power supply is turned ON Before replacing the battery supply power to the CPU Unit for at least 30 minutes and then com plete battery repl
309. ts or Expansion Units If sufficient space cannot be provided between the CPU Unit and the first Expansion Unit or Expan sion I O Unit use the PLC in an ambient temperature of 0 to 50 C 9 14 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 4 Unit Current Consumption and External Power Supply Capacity This section describes the current consumption and external power supply capacity of units used by the CP1E 2 4 1 External Power Supply Capacity When Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units are Connected jeujajxa3 pue uonduinsuo uang Hun t c Ayoede Ajddns 19moq4 Power of 24 VDC can be supplied to external devices from E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units Calculate the usable capacity of external power supply according to the following example Calculation Examples of the Capacity Limit of External Power Supply CPU Unit Expansion Units Other Total Limit devices using PLC 1st unit 2nd unit 3rd unit internal power supply CP1E CP1W CP1W CP1W NV3W O40D0 A DA041 DA041 DA041 MR20L 5V 0 21A 0 08A 0 08A 0 08A 0 2A 0 65A lt 1 2A 24V 0 09A 0 124A 0 124A 0 124A 0 462A lt 0 7A Power 5 Vx0 65 A 3 25 W 14 258 W lt 18 5W consumption 24 Vx0 462 A 11 088 W Usable capacity 18 5 W Total of usable powe
310. used 8 32 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units EN Additional Information When external power is supplied when setting the range code or when there is a power inter ruption a pulse form analog output may be generated If this causes problems with operation take countermeasures such as those suggested below 1 Countermeasure 1 Turn ON the power supply for the CP1E CPU Unit first confirm correct operation and then turn ON the power supply for the load Turn OFF the power supply for the load before turning OFF the power supply for the CP1E CPU Unit 2 Countermeasure 2 Control the machine not only by analog output but also by other signals additional start stop control signal for machine 3 Create the ladder program 1 2 Allocating I O Words Two input words and one output word are allocated to the Analog I O Unit starting from the next word following the last allocated word on the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit Analog I O Unit Word m 1 Word m 2 32 inputs 16 outputs Writing the Range Code Write the range code to word n 1 A D or D A conversion begins when the range code is transferred from the CPU Unit to the Analog I O Unit There are five range codes 000 to 100 th
311. ut Output Terminal Terminal Block Block output input Analog Analog Analog Analog output input device Input Output de Q evice Terminal Terminal current Block Block current output input Current Input Current Output VINO Analog input O voltage input VOUTO Analog output 0 voltage output INO Analog input O current input IOUTO Analog output O current output COMO Analog input O common COMO Analog output 0 common AG Analog OV VIN1 Analog input 1 voltage input IN Analog input 1 current input IOUTO COM1 Analog input 1 common VOUTO COMO IINO AG IIN1 Analog input device Voltage input VINO COMO VIN1 COM1 IOUTO TU ET TJ VOUTO COMO Analog output Analog output device device Voltage output Current output F Note 1 Use 2 conductor shielded twisted pair cable for the us I O wiring and do not connect the shield AG termi Current input nal 2 If an input is not being used connect short the input s and terminals 3 Wire I O lines apart from power lines AC power sup ply lines three phase power lines etc 4 If noise is received from power supply lines insert a noise filter in the power supply input section 5 When noise disturbs the analog input output cable install t
312. ut Specifications for Transistor Outputs Sinking or Sourcing Specification Item CP1W 40EDT CP1W 32ET CP1W 20EDT CP1W 16ET CP1W 8ET CP1W 32ET1 CP1W 20EDT1 CP1W 16ET1 CP1W 8ET1 Maximum 4 5 to 30 VDC 4 5 to 30 VDC 24 VDC 10 5 4 5 to 30 VDC 4 5 to 30 VDC ip 0 3 A output 0 3 A output 0 3 A output 0 3 A output 0 3 A output capacity 0 9 A common 0 9 A common 0 9 A common 0 9 A common 0 9 A common 3 6 A Unit 7 2 A Unit 1 8 A Unit 3 6 A Unit 1 8 A Unit Leakage 0 1 mA max 0 1 mA max 0 1 mA max 0 1 mA max 0 1 mA max current Residual 1 5 V max 1 5 V max 1 5 V max 1 5 V max 1 5 V max voltage ON response 0 1 ms max 0 1 ms max 0 1 ms 0 1 ms max 0 1 ms max time OFF response 1 ms max 1 ms max 1 ms max 1 ms max 1 ms max time At 24 VDC 10 At24 VDC 10 At24 VDC 10 At24 VDC 10 At 24 VDC 10 596 5 to 300 mA 596 5to 300 mA 596 5 to 300 mA 596 5to 300 mA 5 5 to 300 mA Maximum 16 points 24 points 8 points 16 points 8 points number of 100 load 100 load 100 load 100 load 100 load simultaneously ON outputs Fuse 1 fuse common Circuit configuration 1 Ifthe ambient temperature is maintained below 50 C up to 0 9 A common can be used Total current per common Sinking H L Internal q L L circuits Output indicator M A 0 8 50 55 C
313. vices 1 D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 2 9 T l 03 25 7131 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 3 Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit 2 3 1 2 3 2 Connection Methods This section describes the connection of Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units to a CP1E CPU Unit Expandable CPU Units Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units cannot be connected to E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units A total of up to three Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units can be connected to an E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit CP1E E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Unit CP series Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units cannot be connected CP1E E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit A total of up to three CP series Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units can be connected
314. xecution S Flashing CP1E operation will continue a e Not it Normal INH Yellow x The Output OFF Bit A500 15 was turned ON Lit All outputs will be turned OFF o Not it Normal PRPHL Yellow x Communications either sending or receiving are in progress through Flashing the peripheral USB port e Not lit Other than the above BKUP Yellow fot The user program parameters or specified DM Area words are being Lit written to the backup memory built in EEPROM e Not lit Other than the above Precautions for Safe Use Do not turn OFF the power supply to the PLC when the BKUP indicator is lit It indicates that data is being written to the backup memory built in EEPROM If the power supply is turned OFF while the BKUP indicator is ON data in the backup memory built in EEPROM may be destroyed D3E Electronique Parc du Grand TROYES 3 Rond Point Winston CHURCHILL 10302 SAINTE SAVINE 3 7 T l 03 25 71 31 65 Fax 03 25 74 38 82 Email electronique d3e fr www d3e fr 3 Part Names and Functions Terminal Arrangements Input Arrangement AC Power Supply CP1E LISODLI A ClO0 CIO 1 L1 L2 N Power supply terminal pe empodo e e or en o ww COM Commontemi elole leee oee 9e mout terminal D Functional ground terminal CP1E 040D0 A Protective ground terminal NC No connection CIO 0 CIO 1 VINO V INT Analog v

1 - D3E Electronique

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents